AE - Ascent 40kW

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 242

January 2010 57000083-00E

Ascent® Power Supply


User Manual
User Manual

Ascent® Power Supply

57000083-00E
Advanced Energy

COPYRIGHT
This manual and the information contained herein are the proprietary property of Advanced
Energy Industries, Inc.

No part of this manual may be reproduced or copied without the express written permission of
Advanced Energy Industries, Inc. Any unauthorized use of this manual or its contents is strictly
prohibited. Copyright © 2009 - 2010 Advanced Energy Industries, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY


The information contained in this manual is subject to change by Advanced Energy Industries,
Inc. without prior notice. Advanced Energy Industries, Inc. makes no warranty of any kind
whatsoever, either expressed or implied, with respect to the information contained herein.
Advanced Energy Industries, Inc. shall not be liable in damages, of whatever kind, as a result
of the reliance on or use of the information contained herein.

PRODUCT USAGE STATEMENT

WARNING :
Read this entire manual and all other publications pertaining to the work to be
performed before you install, operate, or maintain this equipment. Practice all
plant and product safety instructions and precautions. Failure to follow
instructions can cause personal injury and/or property damage. If the
equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection
provided by the equipment may be impaired. All personnel who work with or
who are exposed to this equipment must take precautions to protect
themselves against serious or possibly fatal bodily injury.

Advanced Energy Industries, Inc., (AE) provides information on its products


and associated hazards, but it assumes no responsibility for the after-sale
operation of the equipment or the safety practices of the owner or user. NEVER
DEFEAT INTERLOCKS OR GROUNDS.

TRADEMARKS
Arc-Sync™ is a trademark of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.

Ascent® is a registered trademark of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.

ColdFire® is a registered trademark of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.

DeviceNet™ is a trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor Association, Inc.

iv 57000083-00E
Ascent® Power Supply

Microsoft® is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation.

Modbus® is a registered trademark of Gould, Inc.

PowerView® is a registered trademark of Advanced Energy Industries, Inc.

PATENTS
This product may be covered by pending patent applications and one or more of the of the
following US Patent Nos.: 6,943,317 and 7,445,695.

CUSTOMER FEEDBACK
Advanced Energy’s technical writing staff has carefully developed this manual using research-
based document design principles. However, improvement is ongoing, and the writing staff
welcomes and appreciates customer feedback. Please send any comments on the content,
organization, or format of this user manual to:

• tech.writing@aei.com
To order a manual, please contact Technical Support:

• technical.support@aei.com

57000083-00E v
Advanced Energy

vi 57000083-00E
Ascent® Power Supply

Table of Contents

Chapter 1. Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines


Important Safety Information .................................................................................. 1-1
Danger, Warning, and Caution Boxes in the Manual ............................................. 1-1
Safety Guidelines ................................................................................................... 1-1
Rules for Safe Installation and Operation ........................................................ 1-2
Interpreting Product Labels .................................................................................... 1-2
Product Compliance ............................................................................................... 1-4
Product Certification ........................................................................................ 1-4
Safety and EMC Directives and Standards ..................................................... 1-4
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directives and Standards .............. 1-4
Safety Directives and Standards ............................................................... 1-5
Industry Guidelines ................................................................................... 1-5
Conditions of Use ............................................................................................ 1-5
Environmental Compliance .............................................................................. 1-6
Interlocks and Limiting Conditions ......................................................................... 1-7

Chapter 2. Product Overview


General Description ............................................................................................... 2-1
Output Impedance Range ............................................................................... 2-1
Output Regulation ............................................................................................ 2-1
Interfaces ......................................................................................................... 2-1
Unit Capabilities ............................................................................................... 2-2
Displays ........................................................................................................... 2-2
Arc Suppression .............................................................................................. 2-2
Ignition Voltage ................................................................................................ 2-3
Fault Handling ................................................................................................. 2-3
Theory of Operation ............................................................................................... 2-3
Operational Overview ...................................................................................... 2-3
Input Section .................................................................................................... 2-4
Inverter Section ............................................................................................... 2-4
Output Section ................................................................................................. 2-4
Logic Control ................................................................................................... 2-4

Chapter 3. Specifications
Physical Specifications .......................................................................................... 3-1
Electrical Specifications ......................................................................................... 3-1
Cooling Specifications ............................................................................................ 3-4
Environmental Specifications ................................................................................. 3-4

57000083-00E Table of Contents vii


Advanced Energy

Chapter 4. Communication Controls


Status Indicators (LEDs) ........................................................................................ 4-1
User Port ................................................................................................................ 4-1
User Port Connector ........................................................................................ 4-1
User Port Cabling Requirements ..................................................................... 4-2
Analog and Digital Signals ............................................................................... 4-2
Analog Signals .......................................................................................... 4-2
Digital Signals ........................................................................................... 4-2
User Port Pin Descriptions and Wiring Diagrams ............................................ 4-3
User Port Pin Descriptions ........................................................................ 4-3
User Port Wiring Diagrams ....................................................................... 4-8
Interlock Port ........................................................................................................ 4-10
Interlock Port Connector ................................................................................ 4-10
Interlock Port Pin Descriptions ...................................................................... 4-10
Service Interface .................................................................................................. 4-11
Service Port Connector ................................................................................. 4-11
Service Port Pin Descriptions and Port Settings ........................................... 4-11
RS232/485 Interface ............................................................................................ 4-12
RS232/485 Connector ................................................................................... 4-12
RS232/485 Port Pin Descriptions .................................................................. 4-12
AE Bus Transmission Parameters ................................................................. 4-13
RS232/485 Port Dip Switches ....................................................................... 4-14
DIP Switch and Switch Settings .............................................................. 4-14
Setting RS485 Termination ..................................................................... 4-14
Setting the Unit AE Bus Address ............................................................ 4-14
Setting the Baud Rate ............................................................................. 4-15
Setting the Communication Mode ........................................................... 4-15
AE Bus Protocol ............................................................................................ 4-16
AE Bus Header Byte ............................................................................... 4-16
AE Bus Command Number Byte ............................................................ 4-17
AE Bus Optional Length Byte ................................................................. 4-17
AE Bus Data Bytes ................................................................................. 4-17
AE Bus Checksum Byte .......................................................................... 4-18
Creating an Ideal Communications Transaction ............................................ 4-18
T0: Host Transmits Message Packet ...................................................... 4-19
T1: Unit Verifies Host Transmission Packet ............................................ 4-19
T2: Unit Transmits Response to Host ..................................................... 4-19
T3: Host Acknowledges Unit Response .................................................. 4-19
AE Bus Communications Transaction Example ..................................... 4-20
Ethernet Interface ................................................................................................ 4-20
Ethernet Connector and Indicators ................................................................ 4-20
AE TCP Protocol (FC100) ............................................................................. 4-21
Establishing a Connection ...................................................................... 4-21
Data Encoding ........................................................................................ 4-21
Using AE FC100 ............................................................................................ 4-22
FC100 Send Packet Format ................................................................... 4-23
FC100 Response Packet ........................................................................ 4-23
FC100 Error Packets .............................................................................. 4-24
FC100 Example ...................................................................................... 4-25

viii Table of Contents 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

PROFIBUS Interface ............................................................................................ 4-26


PROFIBUS Connector ................................................................................... 4-26
PROFIBUS Port Pin and Signal Descriptions ................................................ 4-26
PROFIBUS Cabling and Termination ............................................................ 4-27
AE PROFIBUS Protocol ................................................................................ 4-27
PROFIBUS GSD Files ............................................................................ 4-28
Setting the Unit PROFIBUS Network Address ........................................ 4-28
To Set the Unit PROFIBUS Address Through an External DIP Switch . . .
4-28
PROFIBUS Master Reset Command ...................................................... 4-29
Baud Rate ............................................................................................... 4-29
Watch Dog Timer .................................................................................... 4-29
PROFIBUS-Specific Errors ..................................................................... 4-29
PROFIBUS Data Consistency ................................................................ 4-30
Transmission Rates and The Handshake Feature ................................. 4-30
PROFIBUS Command Structure ................................................................... 4-30
PROFIBUS Download Packet ................................................................. 4-31
PROFIBUS Upload Packet ..................................................................... 4-31
PROFIBUS Upload Packet Data Bytes 0 and 1 ...................................... 4-32
PROFIBUS Upload Packet Data Bytes 8 through 13 ............................. 4-34
AE Host Commands ............................................................................................. 4-34
AE Host Command Status Response (CSR) Codes ..................................... 4-34
AE Host Port Command Set .......................................................................... 4-36
Remote Active Panel ......................................................................................... 4-116
Remote Active Panel Connector ................................................................. 4-116
Remote Active Panel Port Pin Descriptions ................................................ 4-117
Understanding the Remote Active Panel ..................................................... 4-117
Understanding the Labeled Soft Keys and LEDs .................................. 4-118
Understanding the Modify Knob ............................................................ 4-119
Understanding the Display Screen ....................................................... 4-119
Understanding Unlabeled Soft Keys ..................................................... 4-121
Remote Active Panel Menus ....................................................................... 4-121
Accessing the Main Menu ..................................................................... 4-121
Selecting Parameters and Modifying Values ........................................ 4-122
Service Menu: Viewing System Diagnostics and Versions ......................... 4-122
Supply Menu: Modifying Operating Parameters .......................................... 4-122
Process Menu: Setting System Limits ......................................................... 4-123

Chapter 5. Installation, Setup, and Operation


Preparing to Install the Unit .................................................................................... 5-1
Spacing Requirements .................................................................................... 5-1
Dimensional Drawings ..................................................................................... 5-1
Installation Requirements ................................................................................ 5-5
Cooling Requirements ..................................................................................... 5-6
Air Cooling ................................................................................................ 5-6
Water Cooling ........................................................................................... 5-6
Unpacking the Unit .......................................................................................... 5-6
Requirements ............................................................................................ 5-6

57000083-00E Table of Contents ix


Advanced Energy

To Unpack the Unit ................................................................................... 5-7


Lifting and Moving the Unit .............................................................................. 5-8
Installing the Unit ................................................................................................... 5-9
Mounting the Unit in a Rack ............................................................................ 5-9
Requirements ............................................................................................ 5-9
To Mount the Unit in a Rack ..................................................................... 5-9
Grounding ........................................................................................................ 5-9
Connecting Cooling Water ............................................................................. 5-10
To Connect Cooling Water ...................................................................... 5-10
Connecting Output Power ............................................................................. 5-11
Output Connector .................................................................................... 5-11
Cabling Requirements ............................................................................ 5-12
To Connect Output Power ...................................................................... 5-13
Configuring Output for Sputtering Applications ....................................... 5-14
Connecting Input Power ................................................................................ 5-14
Input Connector ...................................................................................... 5-14
Input Power Cabling Requirements ........................................................ 5-15
To Connect Input Power ......................................................................... 5-15
Setting Up a Master/Slave System—Overview ............................................. 5-16
Connecting Master/Slave Links .............................................................. 5-16
Installing or Removing a Termination Plug ............................................. 5-18
Setting Up a Unit as Master, Slave, or Stand-Alone ............................... 5-20
Completing the Master/Slave System Setup .......................................... 5-21
Setting the System Size .......................................................................... 5-21
Connecting I/O and Auxiliary Connectors ...................................................... 5-22
Setting the Program Source .................................................................... 5-22
Connecting a Remote Active Panel ........................................................ 5-23
Setting the AE Bus Time-Out .................................................................. 5-23
First Time Operation ............................................................................................ 5-24
To Operate the Unit for the First Time ........................................................... 5-24
To Turn Input Power On ................................................................................ 5-25
To Select the Method of Control Using a Remote Active Panel .................... 5-25
To Select the Regulation Mode Using a Remote Active Panel ..................... 5-25
To Enter a Set Point Using a Remote Active Panel ...................................... 5-26
Setting Process-Specific Values .................................................................... 5-26
To Turn Output Power On Using a Remote Active Panel ............................. 5-26
Normal Operation ................................................................................................. 5-27
Process Limits ...................................................................................................... 5-27
Understanding Process Limits ....................................................................... 5-27
Process Limit Parameters ............................................................................. 5-27
To Set the Voltage Limit Using the Remote Active Panel ............................. 5-27
To Set the Current Limit from a Remote Active Panel ................................... 5-28
To Set the Power Limit from a Remote Active Panel .................................... 5-28
Joule Mode .......................................................................................................... 5-28
Understanding Joule Mode ............................................................................ 5-28
Joule Mode Parameters ................................................................................ 5-28
Setting Joule Mode ........................................................................................ 5-29
To Set the Joule Mode ............................................................................ 5-29
Recipes ................................................................................................................ 5-29
Understanding Recipes ................................................................................. 5-29

x Table of Contents 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Recipe Parameters ........................................................................................ 5-30


Setting Up a Timed Recipe ............................................................................ 5-30
To Set Up a Timed Recipe Using a Remote Active Panel ...................... 5-30
Setting Up a Joule Recipe ............................................................................. 5-32
To Set Up a Joule Recipe Using a Remote Active Panel ....................... 5-32
Resetting a Joule Discrete Recipe to Step 1 ................................................. 5-33
To Reset a Joule Discrete Recipe to Step 1 Using a Remote Active
Panel ................................................................................................ 5-33
Ignition Voltage .................................................................................................... 5-33
Understanding Ignition Voltage ..................................................................... 5-33
Setting Ignition Voltage Set Point .................................................................. 5-34
To Set the Ignition Voltage Using a Remote Active Panel ...................... 5-34
Target Life ............................................................................................................ 5-34
Understanding Target Life ............................................................................. 5-34
Target Life Parameters .................................................................................. 5-34
Enabling and Setting Target Life Counter ..................................................... 5-35
Ramp Mode .......................................................................................................... 5-35
Understanding Ramp Mode ........................................................................... 5-35
Ramp Mode Parameters ............................................................................... 5-35
Setting Ramp Mode ....................................................................................... 5-36
To Set Ramp Mode Using a Remote Active Panel ................................. 5-36
Set Point Compensation ...................................................................................... 5-37
Understanding Set Point Compensation ....................................................... 5-37
To Set the Set Point Compensation Limit From a Remote Active Panel ....... 5-37
Out-of-Set-Point Timer ......................................................................................... 5-38
Understanding the Out-of-Set-Point Timer .................................................... 5-38
Out-of-Set-Point Timer Parameter ................................................................. 5-38
Setting the Out-of-Set-Point Timer ................................................................ 5-38
Arc Suppression ................................................................................................... 5-39
Understanding Arc Suppression .................................................................... 5-39
Arc Suppression Process ........................................................................ 5-39
Arc Profiles .............................................................................................. 5-40
Arc Suppression Synchronization (Arc-Sync Feature) ............................ 5-41
Arc Suppression Parameters ......................................................................... 5-41
Setting Up Arc Suppression .......................................................................... 5-46
To Enable Arc Suppression on a Remote Active Panel .......................... 5-46
To Set the Sense Level and Mask Time ................................................. 5-47
To Set Arc Suppression Times on a Remote Active Panel ..................... 5-47
Setting Arc Count Parameters ................................................................ 5-47
Viewing Arc Density Using the Remote Active Panel ............................. 5-48
Setting Up for Arc-Sync Operation .......................................................... 5-48
To Enable Arc Suppression Profiles Using the Remote Active Panel . . .
5-49
Changing Arc Profile Parameter Values ................................................. 5-49
Viewing System Diagnostics and Versions .......................................................... 5-50
Checking the Total Energy Output ................................................................ 5-50
Checking Idle Time and Run Time ................................................................ 5-50
Viewing System Faults .................................................................................. 5-50
Viewing Power Cycles ................................................................................... 5-51
Checking I/O Port Statistics ........................................................................... 5-51

57000083-00E Table of Contents xi


Advanced Energy

Performing a Unit Memory Cyclic Redundancy Check ................................. 5-51


Viewing Software Versions ............................................................................ 5-51
Resetting the Unit to Default Operating Parameter Values ................................. 5-52
Maintenance ........................................................................................................ 5-52
Consumable Parts ......................................................................................... 5-52

Chapter 6. Troubleshooting and Global Services


Troubleshooting Checklist ...................................................................................... 6-1
Troubleshooting Using Fault Codes ....................................................................... 6-3
Accessing Fault Codes .................................................................................... 6-3
Fault Types and Clearing Faults ...................................................................... 6-3
To Clear a Fault that Occurs When Output Is Off ..................................... 6-3
To Clear a Fault that Occurs When Output Is On ..................................... 6-4
Fault Code Table ............................................................................................. 6-4
AE Global Services .............................................................................................. 6-23
Returning Units for Repair ................................................................................... 6-24

xii Table of Contents 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

List of Tables

Table 1-1. Maximum concentrations of hazardous substances issued by TAC ........... 1-6
Table 1-2. RoHS-exempted components commonly found in AE products ................. 1-6
Table 3-1. Physical specifications ................................................................................ 3-1
Table 3-2. Electrical specifications ............................................................................... 3-2
Table 3-3. Cooling specifications .................................................................................. 3-4
Table 3-4. Environmental standard specifications ....................................................... 3-4
Table 3-5. Climatic specifications (per EN50178) ........................................................ 3-5
Table 4-1. LED status indicators .................................................................................. 4-1
Table 4-2. 37-pin User port pin descriptions ................................................................ 4-3
Table 4-3. Report active target-life counter (pins 1 and 20) ......................................... 4-7
Table 4-4. Set active target-life counter (pins 4, 34, and 35) ........................................ 4-8
Table 4-5. Set regulation mode (pins 5 and 6) ............................................................. 4-8
Table 4-6. Pin descriptions for the Interlock port ........................................................ 4-10
Table 4-7. Pin descriptions for the Service port .......................................................... 4-11
Table 4-8. RS232/485 port pin descriptions ............................................................... 4-13
Table 4-9. DIP switch settings for variable baud rate, switches 6 and 7 .................... 4-15
Table 4-10. DIP switch settings for communication mode, switch 8 ........................... 4-16
Table 4-11. AE Bus byte structure .............................................................................. 4-18
Table 4-12. Format for FC100 send packet ................................................................ 4-23
Table 4-13. Format for FC100 response packet ......................................................... 4-23
Table 4-14. Format for FC100 Modbus/TCP exception error packet ......................... 4-24
Table 4-15. Format for FC100 CSR packet ................................................................ 4-25
Table 4-16. Packet format for command 14 send ..................................................... 4-25
Table 4-17. Packet format for command 14 response .............................................. 4-26
Table 4-18. PROFIBUS port pin and signal descriptions ........................................... 4-26
Table 4-19. Baud rate and cable lengths .................................................................... 4-27
Table 4-20. Configuration of PROFIBUS download packet bytes .............................. 4-31
Table 4-21. PROFIBUS upload packet structure ........................................................ 4-31
Table 4-22. PROFIBUS upload packet status bit flags for normal operation mode . . .
4-32
Table 4-23. PROFIBUS upload packet status bit flags for Joule Recipe configuration . . .
4-33
Table 4-24. AE command status response (CSR) codes ........................................... 4-34
Table 4-25. AE Host commands ................................................................................. 4-36
Table 5-1. Inter-unit synchronization port pin descriptions ........................................ 5-18
Table 5-2. Master/slave/stand-alone address settings ............................................... 5-20
Table 5-3. I/O and auxiliary ports ............................................................................... 5-22
Table 5-4. Ramp mode parameters ............................................................................ 5-36
Table 5-5. Arc suppression parameters ..................................................................... 5-41
Table 6-1. Using LED states for troubleshooting .......................................................... 6-1
Table 6-2. Fault codes .................................................................................................. 6-5
Table 6-3. AE Global Services 24 X 7 contact information ......................................... 6-24

57000083-00E List of Tables xiii


Advanced Energy

xiv List of Tables 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

List of Figures

Figure 1-1. Interlock circuit for the Interlock port .......................................................... 1-8
Figure 1-2. Interlock circuit for the User port ................................................................ 1-9
Figure 2-1. Ascent simplified functional block diagram ................................................ 2-4
Figure 4-1. User port connector, 37 Pin ....................................................................... 4-1
Figure 4-2. Digital input 0 V to 15 V .............................................................................. 4-8
Figure 4-3. Digital output 0 V to 15 V ........................................................................... 4-9
Figure 4-4. Analog output 0 V to 10 V .......................................................................... 4-9
Figure 4-5. Analog input 0 V to 10 V ............................................................................ 4-9
Figure 4-6. Interlock connector ................................................................................... 4-10
Figure 4-7. Service port connector ............................................................................. 4-11
Figure 4-8. RS232/485 port connector ....................................................................... 4-12
Figure 4-9. RS232/485 DIP switch ............................................................................. 4-14
Figure 4-10. Graphic representation of a message packet ........................................ 4-16
Figure 4-11. AE Bus communications transaction ...................................................... 4-18
Figure 4-12. Communications transaction example ................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-13. Ethernet connector and indicators ......................................................... 4-20
Figure 4-14. Data encoding for AE TCP using FC100 ............................................... 4-22
Figure 4-15. PROFIBUS port connector ..................................................................... 4-26
Figure 4-16. Example of a segment ........................................................................... 4-27
Figure 4-17. PROFIBUS port and DIP switch ............................................................. 4-28
Figure 4-18. Remote active panel connector ............................................................ 4-117
Figure 4-19. Two-line output display information on a control panel ........................ 4-120
Figure 5-1. Ascent power supply dimensions, front view ............................................. 5-2
Figure 5-2. Ascent power supply dimensions, side view (shown with dual output cable
clamp) .................................................................................................................... 5-3
Figure 5-3. Ascent power supply dimensions, top view ................................................ 5-4
Figure 5-4. Ascent power supply rear view (shown with dual output cable clamp) . . .
5-5
Figure 5-5. Latch and handle locations ........................................................................ 5-7
Figure 5-6. Output connector (configured with single output cable clamp for 40 kW power
supply) .................................................................................................................. 5-12
Figure 5-7. Input power connector .............................................................................. 5-14
Figure 5-8. An example of a master/slave daisy chain ............................................... 5-17
Figure 5-9. Locations for termination plugs in master/slave system ........................... 5-19
Figure 5-10. M3 screw and termination plug cover .................................................... 5-20
Figure 5-11. VARC and IARC sense levels ................................................................ 5-39

57000083-00E List of Figures xv


Advanced Energy

xvi List of Figures 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply Chapter

1
Safety and Product Compliance
Guidelines
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
To ensure safe installation and operation of the Advanced Energy Ascent unit, read and
understand this manual before attempting to install and operate this unit. At a minimum,
read and follow the safety guidelines, instructions, and practices.

DANGER, WARNING, AND CAUTION BOXES


IN THE MANUAL

This symbol represents important notes concerning potential harm to people, this unit,
or associated equipment. Advanced Energy includes this symbol in Danger, Warning,
and Caution boxes to identify specific levels of hazard seriousness.
1027

DANGER:
DANGER indicates an imminently hazardous situation that, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury. DANGER is limited to the most extreme
situations.

WARNING:
WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury, and/or property damage.

CAUTION:
CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided, could
result in minor or moderate injury, and/or property damage. CAUTION is also
used for property-damage-only accidents.

SAFETY GUIDELINES

Review the following information before attempting to install and operate the product.

57000083-00E Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 1-1


Advanced Energy

Rules for Safe Installation and Operation


Please note the following rules:
• Do not attempt to install or operate this equipment without proper training.
• Ensure that this unit is properly grounded.
• Ensure that all cables are properly connected.
• Verify that input line voltage and current capacity are within specifications before
turning on the power supplies.
• Use proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions.
• Always be careful around this equipment.

INTERPRETING PRODUCT LABELS

The following labels may appear on your unit:

Capacitor discharge warning (5 minutes)

CE label
1020

Earth ground
1069

Protective Earth ground


1029

Hazardous voltage

1-2 Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

High voltage
1028

Hot surface
1309

No user-serviceable parts

Nonionizing radiation
1030

NRTL: Nationally Recognized Testing


Laboratory

Refer to manual for more information


1027

Short-circuit protected

1024

25 Environmentally Friendly Use Period

3594

57000083-00E Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 1-3


Advanced Energy

PRODUCT COMPLIANCE

The following sections include information about unit compliance and certification,
including the conditions of use required to be in compliance with the standards and
directives.

Product Certification
Certain options of this product may be certified according to the list below.
For more information, refer to the Certificate or Letter of Conformity (US) or
Declaration of Conformity (EU) accompanying the product.
• NRTL – Safety certified by CSA International, a Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory
• CE Marking – Self-declaration, assessed by AE Corporate Compliance

Safety and EMC Directives and Standards


Certain options of this unit have been tested for and comply with the following
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and safety directives and standards and industry
guidelines.
☞ Important
This device must be installed and used only in compliance with the directives
and standards listed in addition to EN 60204 (IEC 60204) and applicable
requirements.
☞ Important
This equipment must be installed and used in accordance with the Conditions of
Use described in this manual. If this equipment is expanded, modified, or installed
into a larger system, the user is responsible to guarantee the compliance of the
overall system. If this equipment is used with external components, the user must
ensure that the Safety and EMC requirements are not violated.

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) DIRECTIVES


AND STANDARDS
• 2004/108/EC
EC Council directive on the approximation of the laws of the Member States
relating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Directive)
• 47 CFR Part 18
Code of Federal Regulations—Limits and methods of measurement of radio
interference characteristics of industrial, scientific, and medical equipment
• EN 55011

1-4 Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of


industrial, scientific, medical (ISM) radio frequency equipment (Class A, Group
2) (CISPR 11)
• EN 61000-6-2
Electromagnetic Compatibility (generic immunity standard—industrial)

SAFETY DIRECTIVES AND STANDARDS


• 2006/95/EC
EC Council directive on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States
relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
(LVD - Low Voltage Directive)
• EN 50178
Electronic equipment for use in electrical power installations
• UL 1012
Power units other than class 2

INDUSTRY GUIDELINES
• SEMI F47-0706
Specification for Semiconductor Processing Equipment Voltage Sag Immunity
During an F47 event, the power supply may lose set point. The logic, however,
will remain active, requiring only that the set point be re-established.

Conditions of Use
To comply with the stated directives and standards, you must meet the following
conditions of use:
• Before making any other connection to this device, connect the secondary
Protective Earth (ground) terminal to a local earth (ground) terminal with a copper
wire that is sized according to the applicable requirements. The ground wire must
be at least as large as the mains supply wires.
• Install and operate this device in an overvoltage category III or better installation
• Install and operate this device only in a pollution degree 2 or better environment,
which means an indoor location such as a computer room, office, or factory floor
where only nonconductive pollution occurs during operation. Occasionally,
condensation causes temporary conductivity when the device is not operating.
• Use only a shielded power cable on the DC output power connector.
• Install this device so that the input power connection is inaccessible to the user.
• For the input and output power connections, use wires that are suitable for at least
90°C (194°F).
• Install this device so that the output power connection is inaccessible to the user.

57000083-00E Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 1-5


Advanced Energy

• Install the AC line cord so that it is fixed.


• The AC line cord must be terminated according to the applicable requirements.
• For safety reasons, the unit must be installed only in a balanced Wye or Delta
power configuration.

CAUTION:
To reduce the risk of fire, use 30 kW and 40 kW power supplies only on circuits
provided with 100 A branch circuit protection and 60 kW power supplies only
on circuits provided with 150 A branch circuit protection in accordance with the
National Electrical code, ANSI/NFPA 70.

Environmental Compliance
This Advanced Energy product has been designed and manufactured in compliance
with Directive 2002/95/EC of the European Parliament and the Council on restriction
of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment (RoHS
Directive) and is deemed to comply with the maximum concentration values issued by
the European Technical Adaptation Committee (TAC) as shown below.

Table 1-1. Maximum concentrations of hazardous substances issued by TAC


Banned Substances Symbol Limit by Weight
Lead Pb 0.1% (1000 ppm)
Mercury Hg 0.1% (1000 ppm)
Cadmium Cd 0.01% (100 ppm)
Hexavalent Chromium Cr6+ 0.1% (1000 ppm)
Polybrominated Biphenyls PBB 0.1% (1000 ppm)
Polybrominated PBDE 0.1% (1000 ppm)
Diphenylethers

Certain components of products as stated above are exempted under the Annex of the
RoHS Directive, 2002/95/EC, Annex items 1 through 10. Examples of RoHS-exempted
components that are commonly found in Advanced Energy products are shown in the
following table, listed by the Annex item number under which they apply.

Table 1-2. RoHS-exempted components commonly found in AE products


Annex Item RoHS Exemption
Number
1 Mercury in compact fluorescent lamps not exceeding 5 mg per lamp
5 Lead in glass of cathode ray tubes, electronic components, and
fluorescent tubes

1-6 Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 1-2. RoHS-exempted components commonly found in AE products


(Continued)
Annex Item RoHS Exemption
Number
6 Lead as an alloying element in steel containing up to 0.35% lead by
weight, aluminum containing up to 0.4% lead by weight, and as a
copper alloy containing up to 4% lead by weight
7 Lead in high melting temperature type solders (i.e. lead-based alloys
containing 85% by weight or more lead)
Lead in solders for servers, storage and storage array systems,
network infrastructure equipment for switching, signaling,
transmission as well as network management for
Telecommunications
Lead in electronic ceramic parts (e.g. piezoelectronic devices)

INTERLOCKS AND LIMITING CONDITIONS

WARNING:
Advanced Energy products only include interlocks when required by product
specification. Interlocks in Advanced Energy products are not intended to meet
or satisfy safety requirements. Where interlocks exist, you must still meet and
satisfy safety requirements. The presence of interlocks does not imply operator
protection.

The Ascent power supply provides several interlocks:


• Output cover interlock
• Rear panel 9-pin subminiature-D Interlock port—Pins 3 and 4 of this connector
must be shorted together to satisfy the system interlock.
• The following user interlock signals on the rear panel, 37-pin User port:
◦ Auxiliary AUX.D interlock (pin 11)
◦ Vacuum VAC.D interlock (pin 12)
◦ Water WATER.D interlock (pin 13)
These three pins must be connected to pin 19 for normal operation. To trip one of
these user interlocks, open the connection between that interlock signal and pin
19.
The Ascent power supply ships with two dummy plugs that will satisfy the Interlock
port and User port interlocks if you do not need to use these interlocks.

57000083-00E Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 1-7


Advanced Energy

An open interlock opens the internal interlock relay and disables gate drive power,
thereby keeping the power section off and disabling output. An open interlock is
indicated in these ways:
• The unit stops issuing the INTLKANS.D signal on User port if there is an open
interlock. If the Ascent power supply is a master in a master/slave system, the
INTLKANS.D monitors the entire master/slave system.
• The yellow Interlock LED is on the front panel lights.
The following figures illustrate the interlock circuits on the Interlock port and the
User port.

User Unit
+24 V

3.0 A

4
Interlock

Interlock Return Gate drive power relay


3 + 15 V

To gate drive
circuits

Figure 1-1. Interlock circuit for the Interlock port

1-8 Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

User Port Unit

11 AUX.D
12 VAC.D
13 WATER.D

19
3714

Figure 1-2. Interlock circuit for the User port

57000083-00E Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 1-9


Advanced Energy

1-10 Safety and Product Compliance Guidelines 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply Chapter

2
Product Overview
GENERAL DESCRIPTION

The Ascent power supply is a highly efficient DC power supply designed for superior
performance with features such as a wide voltage range, low arc energy and flexible
communication. The following sections provide basic descriptions of some of the most
important aspects of the Ascent power supply.

Output Impedance Range


The unit delivers full power over a 4:1 impedance range without the need for tap
changes. No taps, mechanical or electrical, exist in the Ascent power supply. Refer to
Electrical Specifications in this manual for details.

Output Regulation
You can use the Ascent power supply as a power, current, or voltage source, depending
on the method of output regulation you select. Since the unit stores set points in
nonvolatile memory, you can use them to recover from input power interruption and to
ensure repeatability from run to run.

Interfaces
The Ascent power supply can have a variety of interfaces. The unit has the following
ports built in:
• Master/Slave and Arc-Sync (M/S Link connectors)
☞ Important
The version of the Ascent power supply that is limited to 30 kW maximum
output power can operate as a stand-alone unit only, and cannot be
interconnected in a master/slave configuration.
• Communications port to connect with an external remote active panel (not
included with unit)
• Analog/digital connector (User port)
• Serial communications (host) ports (RS232/485 port and Service port)
• Ethernet (host) port
You can also have the following added to the unit:
• PROFIBUS port

57000083-00E Product Overview 2-1


Advanced Energy

You can use the Advanced Energy PowerView software to communicate with the
Ascent power supply through the host ports.

Unit Capabilities
The internal microprocessor performs these tasks:
• Runs system diagnostics when you initially power up the unit.
• Checks for proper circuit operation while supervising all operating parameters.
• Interface management
◦ User, serial, Ethernet, remote active panel, personality cards, master/slave
• System configuration and parameter management
• Process algorithms (ramp, recipes, joule mode, etc.)
• Fault/sensor monitoring
• Nonvolatile memory management
• Command processing host
The unit retains its most recent power settings and conditions in nonvolatile memory.

Displays
Ascent power supply front panel LEDs display information about power on, set point,
output, arc suppression active, interlock and fault through the LEDs. The remote active
panel shows power, current, or voltage levels.

Arc Suppression
The Ascent power supply arc suppression feature ensures the fastest recovery time in
the industry. With this feature enabled, the activation time for the arc suppression
behavior is less than 1μs, and delivered arc energy is less than 1mJ/kW. (Depending on
your unit’s output configuration, the energy could be significantly less than 1mJ/kW.)
You can implement preprogrammed arc-suppression functions during your normal
process cycle and your target conditioning cycle (TCC). The unit provides four arc
profiles that you can customize. When you customize settings for each profile, the
values are saved in nonvolatile memory to be restored after subsequent AC power
cycles. You can select the desired arc profile either through the remote active panel or
through a host port. You can customize these values for each profile:
• Micro arc (μArc) suppression time - response 1 and 2
• Hard arc (hArc) suppression time - persistent arc response 3 (set at the factory and
configurable upon request)
• Arc detect mask time (the time after micro arc recovery that arc detection is
disabled)
• Voltage arc sense level

2-2 Product Overview 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

• Current arc sense level


• Voltage arc detection enable
• Current arc detection enable
• External arc synchronization enable

Ignition Voltage
The ignition voltage feature in the Ascent power supply is specific to plasma processing.
When you enable the output, the unit regulates to the programmed ignition set point.
Once plasma ignition is detected, it regulates to the operation set point.
☞ Important
The user voltage limit is not in effect during the ignition mode.

Fault Handling
The Ascent power supply provides fault handling as a core function of the product
application. Faults cause the output to shut off and prevent the output from turning on.
In general, if a fault occurs with output on, the unit sets the fault and requires you to
issue an off command to explicitly clear the fault. You can view the fault code/reason
on the remote active panel. Faults that occur while the output is off automatically clear
when the fault condition no longer exists.
Some faults are always explicit clear faults because the unit cannot detect when the fault
condition no longer exists (such as for PROFIBUS faults). Other faults exist that cannot
be cleared at all and require a system restart (such as power faults and initialization
faults).

THEORY OF OPERATION

Operational Overview
The Ascent power supply is a sophisticated and intelligent DC power supply designed
exclusively for use in vacuum equipment. The fundamental purpose of the Ascent power
supply is to take the nominal 400 VAC ± 10%, 3 φ, 50 Hz to 60 Hz power from the line
cord and convert it to DC power.

57000083-00E Product Overview 2-3


Advanced Energy

AC In Input DC Inverter Output Output DC Out


Section Section Section Measurement

Housekeeping Front Panel Logic Remote


Section LED Indicators Control Interfaces

3650

Figure 2-1. Ascent simplified functional block diagram

Input Section
The input section consists of a rectifier bridge and bus with capacitors. When you turn
the unit on, you apply 3 phase AC line voltage to the rectifier bridge, which converts
the line voltage to DC. The rectifier bridge delivers the DC voltage to bus capacitors.
This bus provides DC voltage to the inverter section.
The input section also provides power to a housekeeping section, which provides low
voltages to power the electronic circuits within the unit.

Inverter Section
The inverter section consists of switching transistors and a main transformer. The
inverter converts DC to high frequency voltage by alternating the current through the
switching transistors and then transferring the power from the primary into the
secondary of the main transformer.

Output Section
The output section consists of a full-wave rectifier bridge, filter, and arc suppression
circuitry. The rectifier bridge re-converts the high frequency power from the main
transformer to DC and sends it to the filter and arc suppression circuit. The arc
suppression circuit minimizes arc energy.

Logic Control
The logic system consists of a power measurement system and a control system. The
power measurement system samples the output current, voltage, and power, and feeds
it back to the control section.
The control system compares the DC output sample to the power set point, and makes
adjustments until the output and set point are equal. The control system also performs
other monitoring and controls operation within the power supply. For example, it
receives user input from communication interfaces (remote interfaces and the control
panel display) and provides status information to the user.

2-4 Product Overview 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply Chapter

3
Specifications
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Table 3-1. Physical specifications


Description Specification
General physical specifications
Size 26.67 cm (H) x 43.18 cm (W) x 58.423 cm (D)
10.50″ (H) x 17.00″ (W) x 23.00″ (D)
Weight ~61.5 kg (136 lb)
Mounting 48.26 cm (19″), rack mountable, 6U height
Connectors
AC input power Ring lugs, 10 mm
Output power Ring lugs, 10 mm
Analog port 15 V, 37-pin subminiature-D female, isolated
Interlock port 9-pin, male, subminiature-D
RS-232/485 serial port 9-pin, female, subminiature-D
Service serial port (on front 9-pin, female, subminiature-D
panel of unit)
Ethernet port RJ45 connector
PROFIBUS port 9-pin female, shielded, subminiature-D connector
An 8-switch dual in-line package (DIP), next to the connector,
allows setting the PROFIBUS address
Remote active panel (Remote 9-pin male, subminiature-D
port)
Cooling water (rear panel) Brass female 1/2″ NPT
Master-slave/Arc-Sync (M/S RJ-45
Link ports)

ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS

The following table shows the electrical specifications for the Ascent power supply.

57000083-00E Specifications 3-1


Advanced Energy

Table 3-2. Electrical specifications


Description Specification
Input power
AC input voltage 400 VAC ± 10% (360 VAC to 440 VAC)
No neutral required, 3 φ, 4 wire
AC line frequency 50/60 Hz nominal; 47 to 63 Hz range
AC input current 80 A for the 30 kW power supply
80 A for the 40 kW power supply
115 A for the 60 kW power supply
Inrush current 180 A peak for 1 ms, 600 A peak for 500 μs
AC line voltage unbalance ± 3% line-to-line
Ground leakage current 3.5 mA maximum per IEC/EN 61010-1 for balanced WYE or Delta
power configurations
Warm-up delay < 5 second for Ready signal
Overcurrent protection 30 kW power supply to be installed with 100 A external circuit
breaker.
40 kW power supply to be installed with 100 A external circuit
breaker.
60 kW power supply to be installed with 150 A external circuit
breaker.
Ground connection Chassis ground near AC connector suitable for ring lug connection
Output power
Output power
☞ Important
Some units are limited to 30 kW continuous output power.
40 kW units: 40 kW continuous
60 kW units: 60 kW continuous
Minimum output power 30 kW units: 300 W
40 kW units: 400 W
60 kW units: 600 W
Power factor > 0.90 (0.93 typical)
Ignition voltage From 800 V to 1200 V
☞ Important
The insulation on the output cables must be rated for 1500 V.
Output voltage 30 kW units: 400 VDC to 800 VDC tap range
40 kW units: 400 VDC to 800 VDC tap range
60 kW units: 429 VDC to 700 VDC tap range

3-2 Specifications 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 3-2. Electrical specifications (Continued)


Description Specification
Minimum output voltage 30 kW units: 30 V at 400 W
40 kW units: 30 V at 400 W
60 kW units: 30 V at 600 W
Maximum output current 30 kW units: 100 A continuous
40 kW units: 100 A continuous
60 kW units: 140 A continuous
Minimum output current 30 kW units: 1 A at 400 W
40 kW units: 1 A at 400 W
60 kW units: 2 A at 600 W
Output operating N/A (DC output)
frequency
Output accuracy The accuracy of the output value to set point at 25°C is ± 1% of the
actual value (V, kW, or A) or ± 0.2% of the full rated output
(whichever is greater) for the full input voltage range and output
impedance range.
Repeatability Output power repeatability from run to run at a constant set point is
0.1% from 10% to 100% of rated power.
Open circuit voltage 1200 V at 60 mA
☞ Important
The insulation on the output cables must be rated for 1500 V.
Operational limits
Regulation modes Power, voltage, or current
Line regulation No accuracy derating for line voltages within the specified input
voltage range.
Load regulation No accuracy derating for impedances within the specified output
impedance range.
Temperature regulation < 0.005% / °C variation in the regulated output parameter over 20°C
to 40°C (68°F to 104°F) ambient temperature range.
Output ripple The component of output ripple voltage related to the input line
frequency is less than 2%RMS.
Arc suppression Unit senses arcs in less than 1 microsecond.
Micro arc suppression time: 0 microseconds to 200 microseconds
Hard arc suppression time: 50 microseconds to 65.5 milliseconds

57000083-00E Specifications 3-3


Advanced Energy

COOLING SPECIFICATIONS

CAUTION:
Do not use de-ionized water for cooling purposes. De-ionized water causes
both corrosion and erosion of cooling manifolds.

Table 3-3. Cooling specifications


Description Specification
Air Cooling
Required spacing 20.32 cm (8″) gap in the front and back of the unit
Coolant temperature Air (gas) minimum 10°C maximum 40°C
Water Cooling
Temperature Water (fluid) maximum:.
• 40°C for 30 kW power supply
• 40°C for 40 kW power supply
• 35°C for 60 kW power supply
To prevent condensation, the temperature of the cooling water
must be higher than dew point.
Water flow Minimum flow is ~7.6 LPM (2.0 GPM) for the 40 kW power
supply and ~15.2 LPM (4.0 GPM) for the 60 kW power supply.
Pressure ≤ 7.1 bar (96 PSI) above atmospheric pressure
Minimum differential pressure is 1.93 bar (28 PSI) input to output
Water resistivity Specific resistivity at 25°C is > 3.3 kΩ x cm and < 100 kΩ x cm
Water pH Between 7 and 9

ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS

Table 3-4. Environmental standard


specifications
Description Specification
Overvoltage Category III
Pollution degree 2

3-4 Specifications 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 3-5. Climatic specifications (per EN50178)


Temperature Relative Humidity Air Pressure
Operating 5°C to +40°C 5% to 85%note 1 78.8 kPa to 106 kPa
+41°F to +104°F +1 g/m3 to +25 g/m3 788 mbar to 1060 mbar
Equivalent altitude: 2000 m to
-500 m
(6562′ to -1640′)
Storage -25°C to +55°C 5% to 95% 78.8 kPa to 106 kPa
-13°F to +131°F +1 g/m3 to +29 g/m 3 788 mbar to 1060 mbar
Equivalent altitude: 2000 m to
-500 m (6562′ to -1640′)
Transportation -25°C to +70°C 95%note 2 65.6 kPa to 106 kPa
-13°F to +158°F +60 g/m3 656 mbar to 1060 mbar
note 3 Equivalent altitude: 3500 m to
-500 m (11480′ to -1640′)
note 1 Non-condensing, no formation of ice
note 2 Maximum relative humidity when the unit temperature slowly increases, or when the unit temperature
directly increases from -25°C to +30°C
note 3 Maximum absolute humidity when the unit temperature directly decreases from +70°C to +15°C

57000083-00E Specifications 3-5


Advanced Energy

3-6 Specifications 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply Chapter

4
Communication Controls
STATUS INDICATORS (LEDS)

The Ascent unit status indicators or LEDs are located on the front panel of the unit.

Table 4-1. LED status indicators


Indicator Color Description
AC Input Green Lit: AC power is connected to the power supply.
Setpoint Green Lit: Output power matches set point.
Output Green Lit: Unit is generating output.
Arc Yellow Lit: Hard arc suppression circuit is active.
Suppression
Interlock Yellow Lit: An interlock switch is open and interlock is not satisfied.
Fault Yellow Lit: A fault is present in the Ascent power supply and output cannot
be enabled.

USER PORT

User Port Connector


The User port (analog/digital interface) is a 15 V isolated interface card with a 37-pin,
subminiature-D, female connector.
☞ Important
If you want to operate the Ascent power supply from the User port, set the control
mode to “User” via the remote active panel interface or a host interface. You can
turn the unit on/off from the User port even if the control mode is set to a mode
other than “User.”
Pin 19 Pin 1

Pin 37 Pin 20

1153

Figure 4-1. User port connector, 37 Pin

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-1


Advanced Energy

User Port Cabling Requirements


DANGER:
RISK OF DEATH OR BODILY INJURY. Disconnect and lockout/tagout all
sources of input power before working on this unit or anything connected to it.

When making the User port connection:


• Turn off AC input power to the Ascent unit before connecting a cable to the
User port connector. We recommend taking standard preventive measures against
electrostatic discharge (ESD) around all Advanced Energy units.
• Signals at the User port can be sensitive to noise. We recommend that you take
standard preventive measures against electromagnetic interference (EMI),
including using shielded cabling on the User port.
• Grounding the User port at the power supply reduces noise interference. To avoid
ground loop problems, you should typically use ferrite beads attached to the
User port cable.

Analog and Digital Signals

ANALOG SIGNALS
An .A suffix appended to a pin name indicates an analog signal. The COM.A suffix
denotes analog common lines. Analog outputs source or sink up to 3.0 mA. The input
impedance of the analog input is 224 kΩ.

DIGITAL SIGNALS
A .D suffix appended to the pin name indicates a digital signal. The COM.D suffix
denotes digital commons. An overline above the pin name (ARC.D) indicates the digital
signal is active (asserted) when low.
Most digital outputs are 0 V to 15 V, internally pulled up to 15 V through a 10 kΩ
resistor, and have an output impedance of 32 Ω. When low, each digital output line will
sink up to 35 mA.
Digital inputs are also 0 V to 15 V, with a low input being less than 0.5 V. An open
input defaults high via a 4.32 kΩ pull-up to 15 V. All digital lines incorporate a low-
pass filter that rejects signals less than 100 μs.
Both digital input and output signals are active when the signal is in the low state (less
than 0.5 V).

4-2 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

User Port Pin Descriptions and Wiring Diagrams


These sections contain the pin and signal descriptions and signal wiring diagrams for
the Ascent User port.

USER PORT PIN DESCRIPTIONS


This table provides the connector pin descriptions for the Ascent power supply User
port. The pin numbers are arranged in signal pairs.

Table 4-2. 37-pin User port pin descriptions


Signal Return Name Signal Description
Pin Pin Type
1 37 CS1.D Digital This signal, with signal CS2.D (pin 20),
output tells an external device (such as a cathode
switch box) which target-life counter is
active.
See Table 4-3 on page 4-7.
2 37 OUTPUT.D Digital When asserted, this signal indicates that
output the output power is on.
3 37 SETPOINT.D Digital When asserted, this signal indicates that
output all units in the master/slave system are at
set point .
4 36 TARGET0.D Digital This signal, used with signal
input TARGET1.D (pin 35) and signal
TARGET2.D (pin 34), selects the active
target-life counter.
See Table 4-4 on page 4-8.
5 36 IREG.D Digital This signal, used with signal PREG.D (pin
input 6), sets the regulation mode.
See Table 4-5 on page 4-8.
6 36 PREG.D Digital This signal, used with signal IREG.D (pin
input 5,) sets the regulation mode.
See Table 4-5 on page 4-8.
7 36 ON.D Digital If OFF.D (pin 14) is low (deasserted),
input momentarily asserting this pin will turn
output power on.
8 n/a Reserved n/a Do not connect
9 n/a OUTCOM.A n/a Dedicated return for analog output.
Reference pins 23, 24, 25, 31, and 32 to
this pin.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-3


Advanced Energy

Table 4-2. 37-pin User port pin descriptions (Continued)


Signal Return Name Signal Description
Pin Pin Type
10 n/a INCOM.A n/a Dedicated return for analog input.
Reference pin 27 to this pin.
☞ Important
Connect this pin to ground at the
tool end of the cable, not at the
Ascent power supply.
11 19 AUX.D Digital This signal, with signal VAC.D (pin 12)
input and WATER.D (pin 13) monitors the
system interlock string.
If the interlock conditions are not all
satisfied, either the gate drive relay will
not close or it will open (if it is already
closed) when the interlock string is
interrupted.
12 19 VAC.D Digital See description of pin 11 (AUX.D).
input.
13 19 WATER.D Digital See description of pin 11 (AUX.D).
input
14 36 OFF.D Digital This pin must be low (deasserted) to turn
input the unit on. Once the ON.D signal is
asserted via the User port (see pin 7), this
pin then has priority to override all
commands to turn the unit off. Asserting
this pin after output has been turned on
forces a shut off.
☞ Important
When this signal is asserted, it
overrides all commands and forces
a shut off of output power.
Asserting this signal does not reset
an end of target life signal.
15 n/a Reserved n/a Do not connect.
16 19 INTLKANS.D Digital The unit asserts this signal when all of the
output interlocks are closed. If an interlock is
open, the unit does not assert the signal. If
the unit is the master in a master/slave
system, this signal indicates whether any
of the units in the system has an open
interlock.
17 n/a Reserved n/a Do not connect

4-4 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-2. 37-pin User port pin descriptions (Continued)


Signal Return Name Signal Description
Pin Pin Type
18 19 15 V output This protected 15 VDC supply (output)
sources a maximum of 100 mA.
19 n/a INTLKCOM.D n/a Dedicated return for interlocks.
Reference pins 11, 12, and 13 to this pin.
20 37 CS2.D Digital This signal, used with signal CS1.D (pin
output 1), tells an external device (such as a
cathode switch box) which target-life
counter is active.
See Table 4-3 on page 4-7.
21 37 ARC.D Digital A pulse of a factory-configurable width
output can be seen under the following conditions
on this pin. The pulse width can be set
through AE Host command .
• If the hard arc count limit is non-zero
and the number of hard arcs seen
exceeded this limit during the last
run, the pulse will occur when the
output is turned off.
• If your unit has been configured to
signal on every hard arc that is
suppressed, this signal will pulse for
a predetermined time for every hard
arc seen by the unit. If another hard
arc suppression event is seen before
the last pulse is complete, the pulse
width is extended.
• If your unit is configured for arc limit
fault behavior, this signal remains
asserted when the output is turned off
and the arc limit fault is active.
More than one of the above conditions can
be active during the same run.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-5


Advanced Energy

Table 4-2. 37-pin User port pin descriptions (Continued)


Signal Return Name Signal Description
Pin Pin Type
22 37 READY.D Digital After all master and slave faults have
output cleared, the unit asserts this signal after a
maximum 15-second delay.
When one or more slaves are in a master/
slave system, this signal (when asserted)
indicates that all units in the master/slave
system are in ready condition. If all units
are in a ready conditions and all other
necessary conditions have been met, you
can turn the system on.
If this pin is deasserted, it indicates that
faults are active (ready bit is turned off)
and the unit is not ready to output power.
23 9 VOUT.A Analog This signal represents output voltage. 10
output V at the signal output represents 100% of
unit analog output.
24 9 POUT.A Analog This signal represents output power. 10 V
output at the signal output represents 100% unit
power.
25 9 IOUT.A Analog This signal represents output current. 10
output V at the signal output represents 100% of
unit current.
26 n/a Reserved n/a Do not connect
27 10 LEVELIN.A Analog This signal is used to program the output
input level.
Full scale represents the following for the
active regulation mode.
• In power regulation mode: 10 V
represents 100% of unit power
• In current regulation mode: 10 V
represents 100% of unit current
• In voltage regulation mode: 10 V
represents 100% of unit voltage.

28 n/a Reserved n/a Do not connect.


29 36 CLEAR.D Digital This signal clears faults when asserted for
input at least 250 ms, and must be deasserted to
achieve a ready state.
30 n/a Reserved n/a Do not connect.

4-6 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-2. 37-pin User port pin descriptions (Continued)


Signal Return Name Signal Description
Pin Pin Type
31 9 LEVELOUT.A Analog This signal represents the programmed set
output point level. Full scale represents the
following.
• In power regulation mode, 10 V
represents 100% of unit power
• In current regulation mode, 10 V
represents 100% of unit current
• In voltage regulation mode, 10 V
represents 100% of unit voltage.

32 9 REF.A Analog This signal provides an accurate 10 V


output reference (10 V at ± 10 mV).
33 n/a Reserved n/a Do not connect.
34 36 TARGET2.D Digital This signal, used with TARGET0.D (pin 4)
input and TARGET1.D (pin 35,) selects the
active target-life counter.
See Table 4-4 on page 4-8.
35 36 TARGET1.D Digital This signal, used with TARGET0.D (pin 4)
input and TARGET2.D (pin 34), selects the
active target-life counter.
See Table 4-4 on page 4-8.
36 n/a INCOM.D n/a Dedicated return for digital inputs.
Pins 4, 5, 6, 7, 14, 29, 34, and 35 should
be referenced to this pin.
37 n/a OUTCOM.D n/a Dedicated return for digital outputs.
Pins 1, 2, 3, 20, 21, and 22 should be
referenced to this pin.

Table 4-3. Report active target-life counter (pins 1 and 20)


Active Target Life Pin 1 Pin 20
Counter
1 or 5 high high
2 or 6 low high
3 or 7 high low
4 or 8 low low

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-7


Advanced Energy

Table 4-4. Set active target-life counter (pins 4, 34, and 35)
Set Active Target Life Pin 4 Pin 34 Pin 35
Counter
1 high high high
2 low high high
3 high high low
4 low high low
5 high low high
6 low low high
7 high low low
8 low low low

Table 4-5. Set regulation mode (pins 5 and 6)


Regulation Mode Pin 5 Pin 6
Voltage high high
Power high low
Current low high
Not valid low low

USER PORT WIRING DIAGRAMS


The following figures illustrate the circuit diagrams for the Ascent User port.
+ 15 V

Ascent User Port


Connector Pins:
4,5,6,7,11,12,13,
14,29,34,35
10 K

4.75 K 3.6 V 4.75 K


USER_CARD_15 V_DIGITAL_INPUT ASCENT_INTERNAL_LOGIC

10 K
74LCX14 (Schmitt trigger NOT)

3640

Figure 4-2. Digital input 0 V to 15 V

4-8 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

+15 V

Ascent User Port


Connector Pins:
1,2,3,16,20,21,22
10 K

0.1 A Fuse
ASCENT_INTERNAL_LOGIC USER_CARD_15 V_DIGITAL_ OUTPUT

ULN2003 (Darlington 3636


transistor)

Figure 4-3. Digital output 0 V to 15 V

10 K
ASCENT_INTERNAL_SIGNAL
100 100
1000 pF Ascent User Port
0.01 Connector Pins:
23,24,25,31,32
1K 100
5V USER_CARD_ANALOG_OUT
200 K

12 V 3V
3637

Figure 4-4. Analog output 0 V to 10 V

12 V –3V
Ascent User Port
Connector Pin 27
11.8 K 162 K 49.9 K
USER_CARD_LEVELIN_A

1500 pF

Ascent User Port ASCENT_INTERNAL_SIGNAL


Connector Pin 10
11.8 K 162 K
USER_CARD_LEVELIN_A_RET
49.9 K

1500 pF
0.1
3639

Figure 4-5. Analog input 0 V to 10 V

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-9


Advanced Energy

INTERLOCK PORT
On the rear panel of your power supply is an Interlock port. You must satisfy the
interlock connection to satisfy the system interlock.

Interlock Port Connector


The Interlock connector is a 9-pin, male, subminiature-D connector.

Figure 4-6. Interlock connector

To satisfy the system interlock, short together pins 3 and 4 of the interlock port connector
(through a cheater plug, external switch, or relay). The contact closure between pins 3
and 4 must be rated for 250 mA.

Interlock Port Pin Descriptions

CAUTION:
Grounding either interlock connection does not satisfy the system interlock.

Table 4-6. Pin descriptions for the Interlock port


Signal Pin Name Description
1 and 2 RESERVED N/A
3 SYSTEM INTERLOCK To satisfy, or enable, the
4 SYSTEM INTERLOCK system interlock, short
together pins 3 and 4 for
each interlock port
connector (through a
cheater plug, external
switch, or relay) on the rear
panel of your power
supply.
The contact closure
between pins 3 and 4 must
be rated for 250 mA.

4-10 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-6. Pin descriptions for the Interlock port (Continued)


Signal Pin Name Description
5 through 9 Reserved N/A

SERVICE INTERFACE

The Ascent power supply provides a communication interface through a serial port on
the unit’s front panel. The primary intent of this interface is to allow a host computer
to connect directly to the Ascent power supply to communicate with it through
PowerView software. PowerView software is an Advanced Energy software product
that allows you to monitor and control the unit.

Service Port Connector


Located on the front panel of the Ascent power supply, the Service port connector is a
9-pin, female, shielded, subminiature-D serial connector that provides RS-232
communication for interfacing with a host computer.
Pin 1

1017

Figure 4-7. Service port connector

Service Port Pin Descriptions and Port Settings


The service port on the Ascent power supply uses standard AE Bus communications,
with the following settings:
• Baud rate = 115200 (fixed)
• Odd parity
• 8 data bits
• 1 stop bit
The AE Bus address for the service port is 1.

Table 4-7. Pin descriptions for the Service port


Signal Pin Name Description
1 None Not connected

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-11


Advanced Energy

Table 4-7. Pin descriptions for the Service port (Continued)


Signal Pin Name Description
2 TX RS-232 transmit data
output
3 RX RS-232 transmit data input
4 None Not connected
5 DIGITAL GROUND This pin connects to the
digital ground of the
controller.
6 through 8 None Not connected
9* Reserved Reserved. Do not use.
* Note: Do not ground this factory reserved pin. Grounding this pin disrupts the
operation of the unit.

RS232/485 INTERFACE

The Ascent unit provides a serial communications interface through the RS232/485
port. This interface allows the Ascent unit to interface with a host computer using the
AE Bus protocol.

RS232/485 Connector
Located on the rear panel of the Ascent unit, the RS232/485 port connector is a 9-pin,
female, shielded, subminiature-D connector for interfacing with a host computer. An
eight-switch DIP (dual in-line package) is adjacent to the connector for setting RS-485
termination, unit address, baud rate, and communication mode.
Pin 1

1017

Figure 4-8. RS232/485 port connector

RS232/485 Port Pin Descriptions

4-12 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-8. RS232/485 port pin descriptions


Signal Name Description
Pin
1 RESERVED Reserved for future use
2 tx RS232 RS-232 transmit data
3 rx RS232 RS-232 receive data
4 RESERVED Reserved for future use
5 Digital Ground This pin connects to the
digital ground of the
controller
6 RS485 - RS-485 LOW
7 RS485 + RS-485 HIGH
8 RESERVED Reserved for future use
9* RESERVED (FACTORY) Reserved for future use
* Do not connect pins marked RESERVED. Do not ground this factory reserved

pin. Grounding this pin disrupts the operation of the unit.

AE Bus Transmission Parameters


The communications capability of the RS232/485 port is limited to the following
parameters:
• RS-232 or RS-485 transmission standard
• Baud rates:
◦ 9600, 19,200, 57,600, 115,200
• Ascent unit addresses 1 to 15
• Odd parity
• One start bit, eight data bits, one stop bit
• Low-order bytes transmitted before high-order bytes (little endian)
The time-out period for the Ascent unit is factory set at 0.20 seconds (that is, no more
than 0.20 seconds can elapse between bytes, or the unit will reset and begin searching
for a new message packet). Use command 40 to change this value.
The host computer must finish one transaction with the Ascent unit before it initiates
another one, either with the same unit or any other unit.
The Ascent unit sends data through pin 2 (TX RS232). This pin must be connected to
the receive pin (RX RS232) on the host computer’s serial connector. The receive pin is
normally pin 2 for a standard, 9-pin serial port and normally pin 3 for a standard, 25-
pin serial port.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-13


Advanced Energy

If you are using RS-485, the Ascent unit sends and receives data differentially. Thus,
pin 6 (RS-485- and pin 7 (RS-485+) are RS-485 transmit and receiver lines.

RS232/485 Port Dip Switches

DIP SWITCH AND SWITCH SETTINGS


Use the DIP switch to set RS485 termination, unit address, baud rate, and
communication mode for your unit.

Figure 4-9. RS232/485 DIP switch

The DIP switch housing contains eight individual switches. These switches are
identified by the numbers 1 through 8 from left to right (as you face the DIP) as inscribed
on the upper edge of the DIP housing. Note, however, that the rear panel of the power
supply chassis might partially obscure individual switch numbers on the DIP housing.
Consequently, two additional numbers, 1 and 8, have been inscribed on the rear panel
immediately below the DIP housing to assist in identifying switches on the DIP.
Setting a switch to the “on” position means pushing the switch up (toward the numbers
inscribed on the DIP), and setting a switch to the “off” position means pushing it down
(toward the numbers inscribed on the chassis rear panel immediately below the DIP),
as shown in the above figure.

SETTING RS485 TERMINATION

DANGER:
RISK OF DEATH OR BODILY INJURY. Disconnect and lockout/tagout all
sources of input power before working on this unit or anything connected to it.

Switch 1 sets the RS485 termination:


• On = No termination
• Off =Termination

SETTING THE UNIT AE BUS ADDRESS


Switches 2, 3, 4, and 5 specify the address of the unit, which a host computer must
include in the message packet it sends. The Ascent unit supports the addresses shown
in the following table.

4-14 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Address Switch 2 Switch 3 Switch 4 Switch 5


0 Don't assign this address to a unit; it is the AE Bus
broadcast address—all units receive a message sent to this
address by the host, but will not reply. If you set the address
to 0, the unit automatically re-assigns the address to 1
1 on on on off
2 on on off on
3 on on off off
4 on off on on
5 on off on off
6 on off off on
7 on off off off
8 off on on on
9 off on on off
10 off on off on
11 off on off off
12 off off on on
13 off off on off
14 off off off on
15 off off off off

SETTING THE BAUD RATE


Use switches 6 and 7 to set the baud rate for the serial port labeled RS232/485.

Table 4-9. DIP switch settings for variable baud rate, switches
6 and 7
Baud Switch 6 Switch 7
9600 on on
19,200 on off
57,600 off on
115,200 off off

SETTING THE COMMUNICATION MODE


Use switch 8 to set the communication mode: RS232 or RS485.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-15


Advanced Energy

Table 4-10. DIP switch settings for communication mode,


switch 8
Switch Position Communication Mode
On RS-232
Off RS-485

AE Bus Protocol
The AE Bus protocol uses pure binary data (nothing is coded in ASCII) and is designed
to facilitate direct communications between a host computer and the Ascent unit. The
AE Bus message packet combines a set quantity of bits and bytes in such a way that
groups of information can be sent over communications lines at one time. Five types
of information (fields) make up a communications message packet.
• Header (address and the length of Data field)
• Command Number
• Optional Length byte
• Data
• Checksum
Figure 4-10 shows the organization of these fields in the AE Bus message packet. The
subsequent paragraphs describe each field in detail.
Command Number Data (0-255 bytes)
0-255

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Header Optional Length Byte Checksum


5-bit address
3-bit length

1138

Figure 4-10. Graphic representation of a message packet

AE BUS HEADER BYTE


The first byte in each packet contains two pieces of information: five bits contain the
packet address, and three bits contain the data byte count. If the message packet
originates with the host computer, the address specifies the packet destination (to the
Ascent unit, for example). If the packet is going to the host, the address specifies the
packet origin (from the Ascent unit). The address section of the Header field is five bits

4-16 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

long (bits 3-7), which allows a total of 32 distinct addresses. Address 0 (zero) is reserved
for the network broadcast address, which the Ascent unit does not support.
The remaining three bits (bits 0, 1, and 2) are the length bits. These bits tell the receiving
unit how long the Data field is so that the unit can determine when it has received the
entire message. If the Data field contains more than six bytes, the value of these three
bits will be set to 7 (07h), and the Optional length byte field will contain a value
indicating the number of data bytes in the Data field.
Note: The value of these bits refers only to the number of actual data bytes in the Data
field. Do not include the checksum byte when calculating the value for these bits.

AE BUS COMMAND NUMBER BYTE


This one-byte field contains an 8-bit value from 0 to 255 (00h to ffh) representing the
command number. If the message packet originates with the host computer, this value
specifies the purpose of the message packet. If the message originates with the Ascent
unit, the value specifies the command to which it is responding.

AE BUS OPTIONAL LENGTH BYTE


This field supplements the Header field and exists only when the length bits (bits 0, 1,
and 2) in the Header field contain a value of 7 (07h). If the number of data bytes in the
Data field is six or less, then the three length bits in the Header field are sufficient to
represent this amount 0 to 6 (00h to 06h). Since the Data field may contain up to 255
bytes of information, the Optional Length byte is required when the Data field is larger
than six bytes.
When the Data field is larger than six bytes, the length bits in the header (bits 0, 1, and
2) equals 7 (07h), and the Optional Length byte contains a one-byte value, from 7 to
255 (07h to ffh), representing the number of data bytes in the Data field.

AE BUS DATA BYTES


The Data field may contain from 0 to 255 bytes of binary data. This field contains
command-related data or a command status response (CSR). Since some commands do
not require data, sometimes the Data field is not present.
If the value specified in the length bits (bits 0, 1, and 2) of the Header field is 0 to 6,
the Ascent unit expects zero to six data bytes. However, if the value in the Header field
is 7 (07h), the Ascent unit looks for the Optional Length byte after the Command field
and reads this value to calculate the data byte count.
Unless otherwise specified for individual commands, AE Bus protocol is little endian,
which means that all values greater than 1 byte are sent in little endian order. For
example, a command with 7 data bytes that included one 8-bit value, one 16-bit value,
and one 32-bit value, would be sent as shown in Table 4-11.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-17


Advanced Energy

Table 4-11. AE Bus byte structure


Value to send Byte configuration
8-bit value = 15 Byte 1 = 0x0F
16-bit value = 23450 Bytes 2 and 3 = 0x9A 0x5B
32-bit value = 147679 Bytes 4 through 7 = 0xDF 0x40 0x02 0x00

AE BUS CHECKSUM BYTE


This one-byte field is the last byte in the packet. The value of this byte depends upon
the number of bytes in each of the preceding fields. The transmitting unit determines
this value by accumulating the exclusive-or (XOR) of all bytes of the packet up to, but
not including, the checksum value. The receiving unit accumulates the XOR of all bytes
of the packet, including the checksum. If the result is zero, the unit has received the
packet intact.
The unit will act on the message only if the address is valid and the checksum is
validated.

Creating an Ideal Communications Transaction


Figure 4-11 illustrates the steps in an ideal communications transaction between a host
computer and the Ascent unit.

Transmits
[t0] message
packet

Waits Receives packet [t1]


Sends ACK
Assembles
CSR byte
or
data byte(s) [t2]
Then transmits
Receives ACK

Waits

Receives packet
[t3] Sends ACK
Waits

Receives ACK
[tn = time] END OF TRANSACTION

1139

Figure 4-11. AE Bus communications transaction

4-18 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

T0: HOST TRANSMITS MESSAGE PACKET


The host computer sends a message packet to the Ascent unit. The packet contains one
of the following:
• A command that requests data or status information
• A command and data that change a parameter setting
• An executable command

T1: UNIT VERIFIES HOST TRANSMISSION PACKET


Once the Ascent unit receives the host computer transmission message packet, the
Ascent unit verifies that the message is intended for it and not for another unit on the
network. At this time, the Ascent unit also analyzes the checksum to verify that the
message was received correctly.
• If the address does not match, the Ascent unit does not respond to the host
computer; the Ascent unit resets and resumes waiting for a message addressed to
it. If the address matches but the exclusive-or (XOR) sum of the bytes in the packet
(including the checksum) is not zero, the Ascent unit sends a negative
acknowledgment (NAK), hexadecimal 15h, to the host computer.
• If the address matches and the message is intact, the Ascent unit sends an
acknowledgment (ACK), hexadecimal 06h, to the host computer.
If the Ascent unit receives a request for data or status information, it gathers and sends
the requested information. Otherwise, it evaluates the incoming command and sends a
message packet that contains a one-byte data value (CSR code) to the host. The power
supply sends CSR code 0 when it has accepted the command.
If the host computer receives a NAK from the Ascent unit, the host computer either
retransmits the packet or does whatever else it has been programmed to do in this
situation. If the host computer receives an ACK, it waits for the requested data or status
information, or it waits for the CSR code telling it whether or not the new parameter
was accepted. If the host computer receives no response within a reasonable period, it
takes whatever action it has been programmed to take.

T2: UNIT TRANSMITS RESPONSE TO HOST


The Ascent unit prepares a response packet with the requested information or
appropriate CSR code, which it then transmits to the host computer. The host computer
then determines, by means of the checksum, if the response packet is complete. If the
host computer detects an error in the transmission (the checksum is not validated), it
can request the packet be sent again by transmitting a NAK.

T3: HOST ACKNOWLEDGES UNIT RESPONSE


If the Ascent unit receives an ACK from the host computer, it returns to the normal
waiting state. If the Ascent unit receives a NAK from the host computer, the unit
retransmits the response packet. The Ascent unit continues to retransmit in response to

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-19


Advanced Energy

NAK transmissions until the host computer stops the cycle. If the Ascent unit receives
no response, it assumes an ACK and returns to the waiting state.

AE BUS COMMUNICATIONS TRANSACTION EXAMPLE


Figure 4-12 illustrates the steps in an example communications transaction between a
host computer and the Ascent unit.

0Ah 06h 64h 00h 68h


Header Cmd Data Chksum

06h
ACK

09h 06h 00h 0Fh


Header Cmd CSR Chksum

06h
ACK

time 1356

Figure 4-12. Communications transaction example

ETHERNET INTERFACE

The Ascent unit provides an ethernet communications interface that allows the unit to
communicate with a host computer. The interface consists of an RJ45 port (labeled
Ethernet on your unit) and the AE TCP protocol, which uses function code (FC) 100.

Ethernet Connector and Indicators


You can control the Ascent unit through a network using an Ethernet Modbus/TCP
connection. This connection is mounted directly on the CPU module.
☞ Important
The Ascent unit supports a Modbus/TCP connection to port 502. For more
information about the Modbus/TCP protocol, visit the Modbus Users Web Site
at: www.modbus.org.

TX LINK

Remote Ethernet M/S Link


3651

Figure 4-13. Ethernet connector and indicators

4-20 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

The two LEDs next to the Ethernet connector communicate when the unit is transmitting
data and if the Ethernet link has been established.
• The Transmit Signal (yellow) LED lights and flashes when the unit is actively
transmitting. The LED is off (not lit) when no data is being transmitted.
• The Link Established (green) LED is on (is lit and steady) when the Ethernet link
has been established with the unit. The LED is off when no link has been
established with the unit.

AE TCP Protocol (FC100)


The AE TCP protocol is a method for communicating with an AE product using a
network connection. It uses Modbus/TCP as a transport for AE Host commands. The
power supply acts as a server while the host or tool program communicating with the
unit acts as a client. The power supply listens for requests for TCP connections on
registered port 502. Port 502 is assigned to Modbus/TCP protocol. The power supply
can support up to six simultaneous TCP connections.
Modbus user-defined function code FC100 encapsulates AE Host commands and data
into Modbus/TCP packets. FC100 functions according to the Modbus/TCP standard
(go to http://www.modbus.org for more information). You can use FC100 to run all
common commands.

ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION
To establish a TCP connection, the host or tool program (client) connects to TCP port
502. If the number of already established connections exceeds the predefined limit for
the given equipment, the connection is rejected.
Once the connection is established, the client may perform multiple transactions
consisting of the following two steps:
1. The client sends a request containing an AE Host command to be executed by the
Ascent unit (server).
2. The server executes the AE Host command and returns a packet containing the
unit’s reply to the command (CSR and data).

☞ Important
For optimum performance, keep the TCP connection open during continuous
operation. Opening and closing a connection for each command transaction will
result in poor communication performance.

DATA ENCODING
Each Modbus/TCP message packet consists of two sections: A Modbus Application
Protocol (MBAP) header and a protocol data unit (PDU).
The MBAP header contains the following information:
• Transaction ID (2 bytes)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-21


Advanced Energy

• Protocol ID (2 bytes)
• Length (2 bytes)
• Unit ID (1 byte)
Following the MBAP header, the PDU consists of the following information:
• Function code (1 byte)
• Command number (1 byte)
• Command status response (CSR; 1 byte) All commands and responses include a
CSR byte.
• Data length ( 2 bytes).
• Data bytes (as many as 248).

Figure 4-14. Data encoding for AE TCP using FC100

The Modbus/TCP protocol uses big endian (most significant byte first) architecture.
The AE TCP portion of each packet uses little endian (least significant byte first)
architecture.
To remain compliant with Modbus/TCP protocol, the PDU size must be no larger than
253 bytes.

Using AE FC100
FC100 allows you to send any Ascent AE Host command through the Ethernet interface,
providing complete control of the system.

4-22 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

FC100 SEND PACKET FORMAT

Table 4-12. Format for FC100 send packet


Byte Numbers Purpose Value To Send
MBAP
0 and 1 Transaction ID Not used (value is copied into reply)
2 and 3 Protocol ID 0
4 and 5 Number of bytes Count of bytes in packet (starting with byte 6)
following
6 Unit ID Address of unit.
• Unit ID
◦ 0 or 1 = Normal operation
◦ 2 to 254 = Reserved
◦ 255 = Broadcast (command is received
and processed, but no response)

PDU
7 Function code 100 = 0x64
8 AE command AE Host command number
number
9 CSR Send packets do not use the CSR byte; it may
be set to 0.
10 and 11 Data length Number of AE TCP data bytes in the packet
12 and up Data bytes Data bytes contained in the command packet.
☞ Important
All bytes in the PDU (byte 8 to end of
packet) are in little endian order (least
significant bytes first).

FC100 RESPONSE PACKET

Table 4-13. Format for FC100 response packet


Byte Numbers Purpose Value To Send
MBAP
0 and 1 Transaction ID Not used (value is copied from send packet)
2 and 3 Protocol ID 0
4 and 5 Number of bytes Count of bytes in packet (starting with byte 6)
following

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-23


Advanced Energy

Table 4-13. Format for FC100 response packet (Continued)


Byte Numbers Purpose Value To Send
6 Unit ID Identity of unit:
• Unit ID
◦ 1 = Normal operation
◦ 2 to 255 = Reserved

PDU
7 Function code 0x64
(100)
8 AE command AE Host command number
number
9 CSR CSR byte (always returned):
10 and 11 Data length Total number of data bytes in the packet
12 and up Data bytes Data bytes contained in the command packet
☞ Important
All bytes in the PDU (byte 8 to end of
packet) are in little endian order (least
significant bytes first).

FC100 ERROR PACKETS


If the communication from host to power supply encounters no problems, the power
supply sends CSR 0 (command accepted). If something goes wrong in the
communication to the power supply, you receive one of these two notifications:
• Modbus/TCP error packet: The Modbus/TCP protocol issues an exception error
packet
• CSR packet: The Ascent unit replies to commands with a CSR packet.

Table 4-14. Format for FC100 Modbus/TCP exception error packet


Byte Numbers Purpose Response Value
0 and 1 Transaction ID Not used (value is copied from send packet)
2 and 3 Protocol ID 0
4 and 5 Number of bytes Count of bytes in packet (starting with byte 6)
following
6 Unit ID Unit identifier
7 Function code 228 = 0xE4
8 Exception code One of many available exception codes

4-24 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-15. Format for FC100 CSR packet


Byte Numbers Purpose Response Value
0 and 1 Transaction ID Not used (value is copied from send packet)
2 and 3 Protocol ID 0
4 and 5 Number of bytes Count of bytes in packet (starting with byte 6)
following
6 Unit ID Unit identifier
7 Function code 100 = 0x64
8 Command AE Host command number
9 CSR One of many CSR codes
10 and 11 Data length 0

FC100 EXAMPLE
Refer to the following information for an example that illustrates using AE Host
command 14 to read back power, voltage, and current from the power supply using the
AE TCP connection with FC100.

Table 4-16. Packet format for command 14 send


Byte Numbers Send Value Purpose
0 and 1 0x00, 0x00 Transaction ID (any value)
2 and 3 0x00, 0x00 Protocol ID
4 and 5 0x00, 0x07 Number of bytes following (count of bytes in
packet starting with byte 6)
6 0x01 Unit ID
7 0x64 Function code (100 = 0x64)
8 0x0E AE Host command number = 14
9 0x00 CSR = Reserved
10 and 11 0x01, 0x00 Data length = 1 End of packet—no data bytes
exist in this command.
12 0x04 Data byte: 4 = User port (analog)

This table illustrates the response packet for command 14.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-25


Advanced Energy

Table 4-17. Packet format for command 14 response


Byte Numbers Send Value Purpose
0 and 1 0x00, 0x00 Transaction ID (any value)
2 and 3 0x00, 0x00 Protocol ID
4 and 5 0x00, 0x06 Number of bytes following (count of bytes in
packet starting with byte 6)
6 0x01 Unit ID
7 0x64 Function code (100 = 0x64)
8 0x0E AE Host command number = 14
9 0x00 AE command status response = CSR value
10 and 11 0x00, 0x00 Number of data bytes in response

PROFIBUS INTERFACE

The Ascent unit provides a serial communications interface through the PROFIBUS
(Process Field Bus) port. This interface allows the Ascent unit to interface with a
PROFIBUS Master, which resides in a programmable logic controller (PLC).

PROFIBUS Connector
The serial PROFIBUS port connector is a 9-pin, female, shielded, subminiature-D
connector for interfacing with a programmable logic controller (PLC). An eight-switch
DIP (dual in-line package) is adjacent to the connector for setting the PROFIBUS
address.

Pin 1 3654

Figure 4-15. PROFIBUS port connector

PROFIBUS Port Pin and Signal Descriptions

Table 4-18. PROFIBUS port pin and signal descriptions


Signal Return Pin Name Signal Description
Pin Pin Type
1 n/a Unassigned n/a n/a
2 n/a Unassigned n/a n/a

4-26 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-18. PROFIBUS port pin and signal descriptions (Continued)


Signal Return Pin Name Signal Description
Pin Pin Type
3 n/a I/O port Digital I/O Differential I/O
4 n/a Unassigned n/a n/a
5 n/a Return n/a Isolated PROFIBUS return
6 5 +5 V +5 VDC Isolated PROFIBUS supply
voltage
7 n/a Unassigned n/a n/a
8 n/a I/O port Digital I/O Differential I/O
9 n/a Unassigned n/a n/a

PROFIBUS Cabling and Termination


The cable used for the PROFIBUS interface must be RS-485 shielded twisted pair
compatible with PROFIBUS standard communication requirements. Maximum
segment lengths depend on the baud rate.

Table 4-19. Baud rate and


cable lengths
Baud Rate Length
1.5 M 200 meters
12 M 100 meters

Terminate each segment at both ends, and power the termination at all times. If a
segment has more than 31 devices, then you must use a repeater.

Slave Slave Slave


Master 1 2 3

Terminated Not terminated Not terminated Terminated


2932

Figure 4-16. Example of a segment

AE PROFIBUS Protocol
The PROFIBUS port provides an interface that lets you communicate with the Ascent
unit from a PROFIBUS Master. AE manufactures a PROFIBUS interface compliant

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-27


Advanced Energy

with PROFIBUS Masters described in the DIN 19245 PROFIBUS Standard DP, part
III. Any PROFIBUS Master that complies with this standard can communicate with
AE's PROFIBUS interface .
☞ Important
AE’s PROFIBUS protocol does not support the following functions: address
changing, freeze/unfreeze modes, or sync modes.

PROFIBUS GSD FILES


GSD files are computer files that most programmable logic controllers (PLCs) use to
configure PROFIBUS slaves. These files are device-specific and contain information
on features found in that device.
The GSD file for your unit's PROFIBUS is available from Advanced Energy. For
general PROFIBUS information and specific information about GSD files, visit the
following Web site:
http://www.profibus.com

SETTING THE UNIT PROFIBUS NETWORK ADDRESS


You can set the Ascent unit PROFIBUS address to an even-numbered address from 2
through 126.
To set the unit's PROFIBUS address, use the external DIP switch next to the
PROFIBUS port.
Depending on the unit you have, the Ascent unit provides at least one of these methods
of setting the PROFIBUS address:
• External DIP switch
• AE Bus or software command

☞ Important
You cannot change the unit address from the PROFIBUS Master.

TO SET THE UNIT PROFIBUS ADDRESS THROUGH AN


EXTERNAL DIP SWITCH
The following graphic shows a PROFIBUS port and DIP switch. As shown in the
illustration, the DIP switch has numbered switch labels (1 through 8).
Bit-7 (MSB)
Bit-0 (LSB)

Switch Setting
Bit Low (0)
Bit High (1) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 N
O
3656

Profibus
Figure 4-17. PROFIBUS port and DIP switch

4-28 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

One side of the DIP switch shows the switch numbers (1 through 8). Switch 8 is the lsb.
Positioning a switch toward the number indicates a “1” binary. To enter the unit address,
set the DIP switch positions for binary representation of the desired address, with switch
1 as the msb. For example, to set an address of 4, set the switches to 00100000.

PROFIBUS MASTER RESET COMMAND


Send the master reset command, PROFIBUS command 119, when the Ascent unit
experiences an explicit clear fault (such as a PROFIBUS error fault). AE also
recommends sending this command at the startup of PROFIBUS communications to
clear any existing fault indications.

BAUD RATE
The auto-baud feature of AE's PROFIBUS interface adjusts automatically to the rate
of the PROFIBUS master system. Baud rates are available in discrete steps from 9600
bits (9.6 kbits) to 12 Mbits.

WATCH DOG TIMER


As a safety feature, the PROFIBUS maintains a watch dog timer that shuts off the Ascent
unit output and shows an error (PROFIBUS WATCHDOG EXPIRED) if the
PROFIBUS master stops communicating. The watch dog timer maintains a value for
time (between 10 ms and 10 minutes) that the Ascent unit waits between commands
from the master. The timer counts down this time in 10 ms increments.
☞ Important
Commands 0, 1, and 119 also turn off the power supply output.
If your PROFIBUS system does not calculate the watch dog timer value for you or if
you want to modify the existing watch dog timer value, then you may enter a timer
value by using the PROFIBUS Set_Prm function call (see DIN 19245 PROFIBUS
Standard Part III).
To get the actual wait time value, the unit's microprocessor uses the numbers you enter
to octet 2 and 3 of Set_Prm, multiplies them together, and then multiplies the result by
10 ms. Therefore, when using the Set_Prm function call, calculate the numbers for octet
2 and 3 accordingly. The values for octet 2 and 3 must not equal or be zero.
You can disable the watch dog timer through the PROFIBUS master.

PROFIBUS-SPECIFIC ERRORS
With AE's PROFIBUS interface, if an error occurs, you see a numeric code displayed
on on the panel. For more information about these error codes and how to respond to
them, please refer to Troubleshooting information in the user manual.
In the event of a PROFIBUS error, the Ascent unit turns off output power and sets the
PROFIBUS fault status bit. All PROFIBUS errors are treated as explicit clear faults,
which means that you must send PROFIBUS command 119 (the master reset command)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-29


Advanced Energy

or the Off command in the next download packet to clear the faults and resume
operation.

PROFIBUS DATA CONSISTENCY


Some PLCs have a problem with data consistency, that is, the ability to complete the
message packet construction before sending the packet to the Ascent unit. Data
inconsistency most often results in inappropriate value changes at the Ascent unit.
This problem occurs because most PLCs share a memory block with the PROFIBUS
interface. The PLC places data/packet information in the memory block, and the
PROFIBUS interface reads the memory block for the next data/packet to transmit. Data
inconsistency problems occur when the PLC updates the data from high to low memory
locations without signaling the PROFIBUS interface that the update is complete. (If the
PLC were to notify the PROFIBUS interface, then there would be data consistency.)
As a result, the PROFIBUS interface sends the memory block regardless of where the
PLC is in its update of that memory block.
See your PLC documentation for additional information.

TRANSMISSION RATES AND THE HANDSHAKE FEATURE


Recent technological improvements have made it possible for some PLCs to send
commands faster than the Ascent unit can respond. This situation can cause the Ascent
unit to have intermittent failures in responding to or executing commands.
In response to this issue, AE has developed a handshake feature, which echoes back the
last sent command in byte 13 of the upload packet. This feature allows you to send a
command and wait for verification that the command was accepted before sending the
next command. Using the handshake feature has the following benefits:
• It simplifies the programming of PLCs that interact with AE products.
• It increases the bandwidth of the PROFIBUS channel by eliminating wasted time.
• It provides immediate feedback regarding command execution.
• It increases the reliability of PROFIBUS communications.

☞ Important
You can choose not to use the handshake feature, but if you do so, do not send
commands to the Ascent unit at a rate faster than one command per 20
milliseconds.

PROFIBUS Command Structure


The number command-based AE PROFIBUS protocol is designed to take advantage
of the high transmission rates provided by the PROFIBUS standard. The download
packet (outbytes) and the upload packet (inbytes) as well as the AE PROFIBUS
“handshake” feature are described in the sections that follow. The execution time of all
PROFIBUS commands is less than 200 µs.

4-30 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

PROFIBUS DOWNLOAD PACKET


The download packet for PROFIBUS contains four bytes.

Table 4-20. Configuration of PROFIBUS download packet bytes


Byte Description
0 Command
1 Data byte (LSB)
2 Data byte
3 Data byte (MSB)

In the download packet, bytes 1, 2, and 3 make up the data field and contain information
defined by the command.
When the data exceeds one byte, the packet sends the least significant byte (LSB) before
the most significant byte (MSB).

PROFIBUS UPLOAD PACKET


During every PROFIBUS data exchange, the Ascent unit supplies a 14-byte upload
packet. This table defines the bytes contained in the upload packet.

Table 4-21. PROFIBUS upload packet structure


Byte Description
0 Status flags—first byte
1 Status flags—second byte
2 Power low
3 Power high
4 Voltage low
5 Voltage high
6 and 7 (16-bit Current output in tenths of amperes (for example, 1000 = 100.0
value) A).
8 Data byte (LSB) or CSR code when applicable
9 Data byte
10 Data byte
11 Data byte
12 Data byte (MSB)
13 Command number (echo of command sent)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-31


Advanced Energy

PROFIBUS UPLOAD PACKET DATA BYTES 0 AND 1


Bytes 0 and 1 of the upload packet contain information (in the form of status bit flags)
about the status of the Ascent unit:
When the unit is operating normally, it returns the following status bits:

Table 4-22. PROFIBUS upload packet status bit flags for normal operation
mode
Byte Description
Byte 0—first status byte Bits 0 and 1 = Control mode (binary 00 = User, binary
10 = PROFIBUS, binary 01 = local)
Bit 2 = Set point status OK
Bit 3 = Reserved
Bit 4 = End of target life
Bit 5 = Active toggle bit (see Note 1)
Bit 6 = Bus fault (high or low)
Bit 7 = Reserved
Byte 1—second status byte Bit 0 = Faults active
Bit 1 = Overtemperature fault condition
Bit 2 = Interlock mechanism open
Bit 3 = Momentary power failure
Bit 4 = Joules enabled
Bit 5 = Power fold-back active
Bit 6 = Joules reached
Bit 7 = Output is on
Note 1: Byte 0, bit 5 indicates the status of the PROFIBUS interface. After the Ascent
power supply has powered on, this bit toggles to indicate that the PROFIBUS
interface is ready. If this bit stops toggling during operation, it indicates a
communication problem. The toggle period is 200 ms: 100 ms high, 100 ms low.

When the unit is operating in joule recipe configuration, it returns the following status
bits:

4-32 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-23. PROFIBUS upload packet status bit flags for Joule Recipe
configuration
Byte Description
Byte 0—first status Bit 0 = Plasma ignited (see Note 1 below)
byte Bits 1, 2, and 3 = Joule recipe active step (read the three status
bits together and interpret as follows):
• 000b = step 1 (while the recipe step is running)
• 001b = step 2 (while the recipe step is running)
• 010b = step 3 (while the recipe step is running)
• 011b = step 4 (while the recipe step is running)
• 100b = step 5 (while the recipe step is running)
• 101b = step 6 (while the recipe step is running)
• 110b = step 7 (while the recipe step is running)
• 111b = step 8 (while the recipe step is running)
Bit 4 = End of target life (EOTL)
Bit 5 = Active toggle bit (see Note 2 below)
Bit 6 = Set point OK
Bit 7 = Always set
Byte 1—second Bit 0 = Fault active
status byte
• When this bit is set (= 1+ faults exist)
Bit 1 = Overtemperature condition
Bit 2 = Interlock open
Bit 3 = Reserved
Bit 4 = Joule configuration enabled
Bit 5 = Power fold-back active
Bit 6 = Joules reached
Bit 7 = Output on
Note 1: Plasma Ignited Bit: In the first status byte, bit 0 indicates if plasma is ignited.
As soon as output is turned on and plasma is ignited (joule count is started), bit 0 is
set (that is, equals 1). As long as output is off, or output is turned on but no plasma is
ignited (no joule count), bit 0 is not set (that is, equals 0).
Note 2: Byte 0, bit 5 indicates the status of the PROFIBUS interface. After the Ascent
power supply has powered on, this bit toggles to indicate that the PROFIBUS
interface is ready. If this bit stops toggling during operation, it indicates a
communication problem. The toggle period is 200 ms: 100 ms high, 100 ms low.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-33


Advanced Energy

PROFIBUS UPLOAD PACKET DATA BYTES 8 THROUGH 13


In the upload packet, bytes 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12 make up the data field and contain
information defined by byte 13, the command number.
When the reply data extends over more than one byte, the PROFIBUS sends the least
significant byte (LSB) before the most significant byte (MSB). Byte 13 references the
requesting command.

AE HOST COMMANDS

The following sections describe the command status response (CSR) codes returned by
the Ascent unit in response to an AE Host command, as well as the complete set of AE
Host commands. You can use these commands with one or more of the following
interfaces (depending on your unit’s configuration):
• AE Bus (serial)
• PROFIBUS
• Ethernet

AE Host Command Status Response (CSR) Codes


When the Ascent unit receives a command requesting a change in unit operation
(command numbers 1 through 127), or when the Ascent unit receives any command
that it rejects (command numbers 1 through 255), it responds with a command status
response (CSR) code. The CSR is a single-byte number that indicates whether the unit
accepted or rejected the command and, in the case of rejection, the reason the unit could
not respond to the command.

Table 4-24. AE command status response (CSR) codes


Code Meaning
0 No error
The unit sends the following CSR codes in response to a command that it did not
accept, and provides an indication of why it did not accept the command
1 Wrong control mode
2 Can't change while output is on
3 Unit not ready
5 Invalid control mode
6 Analog set point selected
7 Faults are active

4-34 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-24. AE command status response (CSR) codes (Continued)


Code Meaning
8 No slave at specified address
9 Data byte count incorrect
10 User port has priority
11 Unit configured as slave
12 Output is already on
13 Feature not available
14 Unit configured as master
16 Reset target life
19 Can't change while recipe is active
20 Side disabled
21 Joule delivery not complete
25 Configured as slave unit
28 Set point out of range
30 Invalid regulation mode
31 User port reset is active
32 User-limit out of range
33 Timer out of range
34 Arc-count limit out of range
38 Arc shutdown time out of range
40 Arc window out of range
41 VARC sense level out of range
42 IARC sense level out of range
45 Loop reduction after arc out of range
47 Ignition set point out of range
48 Invalid target selection
49 Target life out of range
50 Invalid recipe step
51 Ramp start point out of range
52 Ramp time out of range
53 Run time out of range
54 Joule set point out of range
55 Joule threshold out of range
56 Invalid joule type
57 Invalid recipe type

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-35


Advanced Energy

Table 4-24. AE command status response (CSR) codes (Continued)


Code Meaning
58 Clock data out of range
59 RTC clock busy
60 QSPI timeout
61 QSPI max read length exceeded
62 Rev request parameter out of range
63 Slave address out of range
64 System size out of range
65 Arc profile index out of range
66 Arc detect mask time out of range
67 Set point compensation limit out of range
99 Command not implemented
131 Specified interface is not installed
132 User port is not installed
135 Invalid parameter

AE Host Port Command Set

• Commands 1 through 127 request a change to the Ascent unit, such as changing
a setting in the unit. The unit responds to these commands by sending a command
status response (CSR). This single-byte response indicates whether the unit has
accepted or rejected the command and, in the case of rejection, the reason the unit
could not respond to the command.
• Command numbers 128 through 255 request information from the unit, such as
unit settings. The unit responds to these commands by sending the data requested
if the command was successful, and a CSR if the command was not successful.
Unless otherwise specified for individual commands, AE Bus protocol is little endian,
which means that all values greater than 1 byte are sent least significant byte first.

Table 4-25. AE Host commands


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
0 Turns DC output off. The power supply always 0 1 (CSR code)
DC off honors this command, regardless of which
interface has control.

4-36 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
1 Turns DC output off. The power supply always 0 1 (CSR code)
DC off honors this command, regardless of which
interface has control.
2 Requests DC output on. The power supply must be 0 1 (CSR code)
DC on in host control mode (see command 14).
Command 161 reports the status of the output on
event.
3 Sets the regulation mode to power, current, or 1 1 (CSR code)
regulation voltage. You cannot change the regulation mode if
mode output is on.
Send 1 data byte (8-bit value):
• 6 = Power
• 7 = Voltage
• 8 = Current
Command 154 reports this value.
4 In joule mode, sets the number of joules that the 4 1 (CSR code)
joule set point power supply will deliver before turning output
off.
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, the joules are
calculated for the entire system, not just the
individual unit.
Send 4 data bytes (32-bit value) indicating the
number of joules. The acceptable range is obtained
with command 204, subcommand 42.
PROFIBUS – only 3 bytes are available for joule
set point. Maximum joule set point is 16,777,215
J.
Command 173 reports this value.
To enable joule mode, see command 5.
5 Enables or disables joule mode. 1 1 (CSR code)
enable/disable Send 1 data byte (8-bit value):
joule mode
• 0 = Disable joule mode
• Nonzero value = Enable joule mode
Command 153 reports this value.
To set a joule set point, see command 4.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-37


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
6 Sets the output set point level for the active 2 1 (CSR code)
set point regulation mode (set with command 3).
Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value) using the
following guidelines:
• When setting a power set point, send a value
indicating kilowatts. Assume two decimal
points (for example, a value of 1000 =
10.00 kW).
• When setting a current set point, the value to
send depends on the current scaling option for
which the unit is set. The scaling option for
the unit is reported by command 204,
subcommand 27.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is the
standard setting), send a value representing
tenths of amperes. For example a value of
1000 = 100.0 A.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, send a
value representing hundredths of amperes.
For example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00 A
• When setting a voltage set point, send a value
indicating volts. For example, a value of 800
= 800 V.

☞ Important
If ramp mode is enabled (commands 15
and 16), sending this command when the
output is on causes the power supply to
ramp output from the existing set point to
the new set point over the time specified in
command 16. Therefore, using this
command with the ramp mode commands,
you can generate an output waveform
during a process.
See command 78 to set a 4-byte set point.
Command 164 reports this value.
9 Sets the number of hard arcs required for the power 4 1 (CSR code)
set hard arc supply to provide an arc indication at the end of a
count limit process run.
(Continued on next page)

4-38 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
• When the hard arc count limit is set to a
nonzero value, the unit tracks the number of
hard arcs during the run. When the unit
receives an output off command, if the limit
has been exceeded during the run, the Arc
LED on the remote active panel lights
momentarily, and the ARC.D signal on the
User port becomes momentarily active.
• If the hard arc count limit is set to zero, each
time the unit detects a hard arc, the Arc LED
on a remote active panel lights momentarily
and the ARC.D signal on the User port
becomes momentarily active.
For units that are factory configured with the arc
limit fault feature, you can use the hard arc count
limit parameter in combination with the arc
window duration window to specify the number of
hard arcs (the hard arc count limit) that can occur
over a period of time. If the arc count exceeds that
level during the period of time specified by the arc
window duration:
• The remote active panel or the PowerView
software displays E0004 ARC LIM FAULT
• The unit turns output off
• The Arc LED on the remote active panel
lights
• The ARC.D signal on the User port becomes
active.
PROFIBUS – Only 3 bytes are available for hard
arc limit.
Send 4 data bytes (32-bit value) indicating the
number of arcs. The value must be at least 0 but no
greater than the maximum set for your unit.
☞ Important
If output is on when you set the hard arc
count limit, the new value does not take
effect until the output is off.
Command 178 reports this value.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-39


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
( Continued from previous page )
Command 160 reports whether the unit has the arc
limit fault feature.
Command 82 B0 = 12 sets the arc window
duration.
Command 235 B0 = 166 reports the valid range for
the hard arc count limit
10 Sets the voltage threshold at which the Ascent 2 1 (CSR code)
voltage arc power supply determines that an arc is occurring.
sense level The valid range of values is 20 V to 500 V.
Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value).
Command 171 reports this value.
11 Sets the active target. 1 1 (CSR code)
active target Send 1 data byte (8-bit value) indicating the target
(1 through 8).
☞ Important
The User port has target selection priority,
regardless of the control mode. To set the
active target with the AE Host command in
host control mode, you must set the target
to 1 at the User port. (Leaving the User
port pins unconnected defaults the User
port target selection to 1.)
Command 156 reports this value.

4-40 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
12 Sets the life (in kWh) of the specified target for the 5 (3 for 1 (CSR code)
target life target life counter function. PROFIBUS)
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, the target life is
calculated using the output of the entire
system, not just the individual unit.
PROFIBUS – Sets the target life of the active target
with a 3-byte target life value. The range of target
life values that you can set with this command is
from 0.1 kWh to 99999.9 kWh.
For non-PROFIBUS, send 5 data bytes:
• Byte 0 = Target number (1 through 8)
• Bytes 1 through 4 = Target life in tenths of
kWh; for example 100 = 10.0 kWh. The range
of values that you can send is from 10 (1.0
kWh) to 9999990 (99999.9 kWh) in
increments of 0.1 kWh.
Command 157 reports this value.
To enable the target life counter, see command
13.
13 Enables or disables the target life counter function. 1 1 (CSR code)
enable/disable Send 1 data byte (8-bit value):
target life
counter • 0 = Disable target life counter
• Nonzero value = Enable target life counter
Command 163 reports this value.
To set the life for a target, see command 12.
14 Sets the control mode (controlling interface) for 1 1 (CSR code)
control mode the power supply. The power supply always
honors the DC off command (command 1),
regardless of the active control mode.
Send 1 data byte (8-bit value):
• 2 = Host (serial) control mode
• 4 = User port control mode (if applicable)
• 3 or 6 = Local control panel control mode
Command 155 reports this value.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-41


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
15 Enables or disables the ramp mode. 1 1 (CSR code)
enable/disable Send 1 data byte (8-bit value):
ramp mode
• 0 = Disable ramp mode
• Nonzero value = Enable ramp mode
Command 163 reports this value.
For ramp mode settings, see command 16.
16 When ramp mode is enabled, sets the time that the 2 1 (CSR code)
ramp time power supply will ramp from 0 to the set point (set
with command 6).
Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value) indicating the
ramp time. The acceptable range is obtained with
command 204, subcommand 43. The scaling of the
value depends on the step size that has been set
(either 10 ms or 100 ms). The step size is reported
with command 204, subcommand 23.
• If 10 ms step size is set, the ramp time value
represents hundredths of seconds. For
example, 100 = 1 s.
• If 100 ms step size is set, the ramp time value
represents tenths of seconds. For example,
100 = 10 s.
Command 158 reports this value.
To enable ramp mode, see command 15.

4-42 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
17 Sets whether the power supply will receive set 3 1 (CSR code)
program point and regulation mode from an internal digital
source source or from the User port.
Send 3 data bytes, where each byte specifies the
program source for one control mode:
• Byte 0 = Host control mode program source:
◦ 0 = Internal program source
◦ Nonzero value = User port
• Byte 1 = Local control panel control mode
program source:
◦ 0 = Internal program source
◦ Nonzero value = User port
• Byte 2 = User port (if applicable) control
mode program source:
◦ 0 = Internal program source
◦ Nonzero value = User port
Command 163 reports this value.
19 Sets the number of steps in a recipe. To set the 1 1 (CSR code)
recipe steps recipe type, see command 33.
Send 1 data byte (8-bit value):
• 0 = Disable recipe mode
• 1 through 8 = Number of steps

☞ Important
For each recipe step, you must send a set
point, ramp time, and run time (see
commands 21, 22, and 23).
Command 180 reports this value.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-43


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
21 Sets the ramp time for the specified recipe step. 3 1 (CSR code)
recipe ramp The ramp time is the length of time that the unit
time will take to reach the set point for this step.
Send 3 data bytes:
• Byte 0 (8-bit value) = Recipe step number (1
through 8)
• Bytes 1 and 2 (16-bit value) = Ramp time. The
acceptable range of values is 0 to 60,000. The
scaling of the value depends on the step size
that has been set (either 10 ms or 100 ms). The
step size is reported with command 204,
subcommand 23.
◦ If 10 ms step size is set, this value
represents hundredths of seconds. For
example, 100 = 1 s.
◦ If 100 ms step size is set, this value
represents tenths of seconds. For example,
100 = 10 s.
Command 181 reports this value.
For additional recipe mode parameters see
commands 19, 22, and 23.

4-44 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
22 Sets the set point for the specified recipe step. 3 1 (CSR code)
recipe step set Send 3 data bytes:
point
• Byte 0 (8-bit value) = Recipe step number (1
through 8)
• Bytes 1 and 2 (16-bit value) = Set point in
watts, volts, or amperes, depending on the
active regulation mode (set with command
3); the range of valid values is from 0 to the
full-rated output for the unit:
◦ When setting a power set point, send a
value indicating tens of watts. For example,
a value of 1005 = 10,050 W (10.05 kW).
◦ When setting a current set point, the value
to send depends on the current scaling
option for which the unit is set. The scaling
option for the unit is reported by command
204, subcommand 27.
▪ If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is
the standard setting), send a value
representing tenths of amperes. For
example a value of 1000 = 100.0 A.
▪ If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, send
a value representing hundredths of
amperes. For example, a value of 10,000
= 100.00 A
◦ When setting a voltage set point, send a
value indicating volts. For example, a value
of 800 = 800 V.
Command 182 reports this value.
For additional recipe mode parameters, see
commands 19, 21, and 23.
23 Sets the run time for the specified recipe step or the 3 1 (CSR code)
recipe step joule set point. Depending on the recipe type, the
run time or values for the data bytes vary. See below for more
joule set point detailed information.
Send 3 data bytes:
If running a timed recipe:
(Continued on next page)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-45


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
• Byte 0 (8-bit value) = Recipe step numbers 1
through 8
• Bytes 1 and 2 (16-bit value) = Run time. The
scaling of the this value depends on the step
size that has been set (either 10 ms or 100 ms).
The step size is reported with command 204,
subcommand 23.
◦ If 10 ms step size is set, this value
represents hundredths of seconds. For
example, 100 = 1 s.
◦ If 100 ms step size is set, this value
represents tenths of seconds. For example,
100 = 10 s.
If running a joule recipe:
If you are running a joule recipe, you need to send
the command twice. First, send the LSW
information, then send the MSW information.
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, the joules are
calculated for the entire system, not just the
individual unit.
To send LSW information:
• Byte 0 (8-bit value) = Recipe step numbers 1
through 8
• Bytes 1 and 2 (16-bit value) = LSW of joule
set point for the step (stored as a 32-bit value).
To send MSW information:
• Byte 0 (8-bit value) = Recipe step numbers
129 through 136:
◦ 129 = MSW of step 1
◦ 130 = MSW of step 2
◦ 131 = MSW of step 3
◦ 132 = MSW of step 4
◦ 133 = MSW of step 5
◦ 134 = MSW of step 6

4-46 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
◦ 135 = MSW of step 7
◦ 136 = MSW of step 8
• Bytes 1 and 2 (16-bit value) = MSW of joule
set point.
In timed recipes, if you assign zero run time for the
final recipe step, the unit will switch to continuous
output when it reaches the set point for this step.
To subsequently turn output off, you need to send
an off command. If joule mode is simultaneously
enabled, the unit will turn output off when it
reaches the joule set point.
Command 183 reports this value.
For additional recipe mode parameters, see
commands 19, 21, and 22.
24 Requests the power supply to calculate the logic 0 1 (CSR code)
calculate logic CRC. This command takes approximately 2
CRC seconds to complete.
Command 230 reports this value.
31 Enables or disables and sets the time for the out- 2 1 (CSR code)
out-of-set- of-set-point timer, which specifies how long the
point timer power supply will tolerate an out-of-set point
condition before shutting output off.
Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value):
• 0 = Disable out-of-set-point timer
• Nonzero value = Enable the out-of-set-point
timer and sets the timer in tenths of seconds;
the valid range of values is from 10 to 9999
(0.1 s to 999.9 s)
Command 187 reports this value.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-47


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
32 When ramp mode is enabled, sets the start point of 1 1 (CSR code)
ramp mode the ramp as a percentage of the set point.
start point Send 1 data byte (8-bit value). The range of valid
values is 0 to 95 (0% to 95%).
☞ Important
This command applies to only the regular
ramp mode, and not to the ramp mode in a
timed recipe.
Command 152 reports this value.
33 Sets the recipe type. The recipe type changes the 1 1 (CSR code)
recipe type behavior of the recipe commands 23 and 183.
Send 1 data byte (8-bit value):
• 1 = Timed recipe
• 2 = Continuous joule recipe
• 3 = Discrete joule recipe
Command 196 reports this value.
38 Resets micro-arcs-per-run and hard-arcs-per-run 0 1 (CSR code)
reset arc counters to zero. These counters can be reset at any
density/run time, and resetting them can be useful for
counters measuring arcs over a specific period of time.

40 Sets the amount of time that the power supply waits 2 1 (CSR code)
AE Bus time- between bytes from the host before resetting and
out value waiting for a new packet.
Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value) representing
hundredths of seconds. The valid range of values
is 2 to 500 (0.02 s to 5 s).
Command 140 reports this value.
44 Use this command to write up to 40 characters of up to 40 (3 1 (CSR code)
panel text line text to the top line of the active control panel. for
1 Send up to 40 characters of text. PROFIBUS)
PROFIBUS – Can write only 3 characters to panel.
See related commands 45 and 46.
45 Use this command to write up to 40 characters of up to 40 (3 1 (CSR code)
panel text line text to the bottom line of the active control panel. for
2 Send up to 40 characters of text. PROFIBUS)
PROFIBUS – Can write only 3 characters to panel.
See related commands 44 and 46.

4-48 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
46 Erases text displayed on the active panel that was 0 1 (CSR code)
clear panel set with commands 44 and 45 and refreshes the
text display.

49 Sets a maximum limit for output power in tens of 2 1 (CSR code)


power limit watts.
Commands 49, 50, and 51 all set output limits. The
power supply responds to the first limit that it
reaches.
Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value); the acceptable
range of values is from 0 to the maximum rated
output power of the supply.
See command 71 to set a 4-byte output power limit.
Command 141 reports this value.
50 Sets a maximum limit for output voltage in volts. 2 1 (CSR code)
voltage limit Commands 49, 50, and 51 all set output limits. The
power supply responds to the first limit that it
reaches.
Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value); the acceptable
range of values is from 0 to the maximum rated
output of the supply.
See command 71 to set a 4-byte output voltage
limit.
Command 142 reports this value.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-49


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
51 Sets a maximum limit for output current. 2 1 (CSR code)
current limit Commands 49, 50, and 51 all set output limits. The
power supply responds to the first limit that it
reaches.
Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value). The value to send
depends on the current scaling option for which the
unit is set. The scaling option for the unit is
reported by command 204, subcommand 27.
• If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is the
standard setting), send a value representing
tenths of amperes. For example a value of
1000 = 100.0 A.
• If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, send a
value representing hundredths of amperes.
For example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00 A
See command 71 to set a 4-byte output current
limit.
Command 143 reports this value.
52 Sets the ignition set point. 2 1 (CSR code)
ignition set Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value) representing volts;
point the acceptable range of values is the specified
ignition voltage range of the of the power supply.
Command 144 reports this value.
61 Enables or disables the voltage arc suppression 1 1 (CSR code)
enable/disable (VARC) feature.
voltage arc Send 1 data byte (8-bit value):
suppression
• 0 = Disable arc suppression
• Nonzero value = Enable arc suppression
Command 82, B0 = 0 enables current arc
suppression (IARC).
Commands 163 and 207 report this value.

4-50 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
70 Sets the time and date in the ColdFire module real- 7 1 (CSR code)
set real-time time clock.
clock PROFIBUS – Command not available
Sets the time and date in the ColdFire module real-
time clock.
Send 7 data bytes [as binary coded decimal (BCD)
values]:
• Byte 0 = Seconds (00 to 59)
• Byte 1 = Minutes (00 to 59)
• Byte 2 = Hours (00 to 23)
• Byte 3 = Day in week (01 to 07; Sun = 01,
Mon = 02, ... Sat = 07)
• Byte 4 = Date in month (01 to 31)
• Byte 5 = Month (01 to 12)
• Byte 6 = Year (00 to 99)
Command 205 reports this value.
71 Set the ethernet IP address, default gateway, variable 1 (CSR code)
set subnet mask, DHCP/BootP client control, and
parameters various other system settings.
PROFIBUS – Command not available.
This command requires that you send a variable
number of data bytes. The first data byte specifies
the requested action; the following data bytes
specify values. For example, if Byte 0 = 1, the
command sets the Default Gateway. See below for
more information.
This command allows you to send subcommands.
The name and function of a subcommand depends
on the value of the first data byte:
Byte 0 = Description
0 Ethernet IP address
1 Ethernet default gateway
2 Ethernet subnet (SN) mask
5 DHCP/BootP client enable/
disable

(Continued on next page)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-51


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned

Byte 0 = Description
6 Ethernet set all parameters
10 Set required master/slave
system size in watts
11 Set user power limit in watts
12 Set user voltage limit in volts
13 Set user current limit in
amperes
23 Set ramp and timed recipe step
size
40 Set the set point compensation
limit percentage

71 Sets the ethernet IP values for the ColdFire FEC. 5 1 (CSR code)
ethernet IP Make sure to check with your network
address administrator before setting any IP address on an
established ethernet network. Once you set the
subcommand 0 parameters, you must cycle power to the unit for
the new ethernet parameters to take effect.
☞ Important
AE Host commands use little endian byte
ordering. For example, if the IP address is
10.1.2.3, then send the bytes:
• Byte 0 = 0 (set IP address)
• Byte 1 = 3
• Byte 2 = 2
• Byte 3 = 1
• Byte 4 = 10
Send 5 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = 0 [set IP address]
• Bytes 1 through 4 = IP Address (4 bytes)
Command 204 reports this value, B0 = 0.

4-52 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
71 Sets the unit network default gateway address. The 5 1 (CSR code)
ethernet unit stores the address in nonvolatile memory and
default restores it each time you cycle power. Once you
gateway set the parameters, you must cycle power to the
unit for the new parameters to take effect. Note that
subcommand 1 the default gateway address is sent LSB first; that
is, Byte 1 = least significant octet of the default
gateway address. This command affects the unit
only if DHCP client is disabled.
Send 5 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = 1 [set default gateway]
• Bytes 1 through 4 = Default gateway (4 bytes)
Command 204 reports this value, B0 = 1.
71 Sets the unit network subnet (SN) mask. The unit 5 1 (CSR code)
ethernet stores the subnet mask in nonvolatile memory and
subnet (SN) restores it each time you cycle power. Once you
mask set the parameters, you must cycle power to the
unit for the new parameters to take effect. Note that
subcommand 2 the default gateway address is sent LSB first; that
is, Byte 1 = least significant octet of the default
gateway address. This command affects the unit
only if DHCP client is disabled.
Send 5 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = 2 (set subnet mask)
• Bytes 1 through 4 = Subnet mask (4 bytes)
Command 204 reports this value, B0 = 2.
71 Sets the unit network DHCP client enable mode. 2 1 (CSR code)
ethernet The unit stores the DHCP client enable mode in
DHCP/BootP nonvolatile memory and restores the setting each
client enable/ time you cycle power. Once you set the
disable parameters, you must cycle power to the unit for
the new parameters to take effect.
subcommand 5
Send 2 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = 5 (set DHCP/BootP client control)
• Byte 1 = (0 = disable client, 1 = enable client)
Command 204 reports this value, B0 = 5.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-53


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
71 Sets all unit ethernet parameters. See previous 28 1 (CSR code)
ethernet set all subcommands for descriptions of the parameters
parameters set with this command.
subcommand 6 Send 28 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 6
• Bytes 1 through 4 = IP address (4 bytes)
• Bytes 5 through 6 = (Reserved)
• Bytes 7 through 10 = Default Gateway (4
bytes)
• Bytes 11 through 12 = (Reserved)
• Bytes 13 through 16 = SN mask (4 bytes)
• Bytes 17 through 18 = (Reserved)
• Byte 19 = (0 = disable client, 1 = enable
client)
• Bytes 20 through 27 = (Reserved)
Command 204 reports this value; B0 = 6.
71 Set the required system size of a master/slave 5 1 (CSR code)
required M/S system in watts. If system size does not match this
system size in set value, a fault occurs.
watts A value of 0 for the required system size defeats
subcommand the system size test. The test is only active for a
10 master/slave capable unit.
Values will be truncated to nearest step size
increment; that is, if you enter 150461 W, it will
be truncated to 150000 W.
Send 5 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 10
• Bytes 1 through 4 = Required system size in
watts
Command 204 reports this value; B0 = 10.

4-54 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
71 Sets the power limit in 32-bit format. This 5 1 (CSR code)
user power command is the same as command 49 except it
limit in watts specifies the limit value as 4 bytes and the
increments are in watts.
subcommand
11 Send 5 bytes.
• Byte 0 (8 bit value) = 11
• Bytes 1 through 4 (32-bit value) = User power
limit in watts
Command 204 reports this value; B0 = 11.
71 Sets the voltage limit in 32-bit format. This 5 1 (CSR code)
user voltage command is the same as command 50 except it
limit in volts specifies the limit value as 4 bytes and the
increments are in volts.
subcommand
12 Send 5 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 12
• Bytes 1 through 4 = User voltage limit in volts
Command 204 reports this value; B0 = 12.
71 Sets the current limit in 32-bit format. This 5 1 (CSR code)
user current command is the same as command 51 except it
limit in amps specifies the limit value as 4 bytes and the
increments are in hundredths of amps.
subcommand
13 Send 5 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 13
• Bytes 1 through 4 = User current limit in
hundredths of amps
Command 204 reports this value; B0 = 13.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-55


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
71 Sets the step size for ramping and timed recipes. 2 1 (CSR code)
set ramp and This value defines the scaling for ramp and timed
timed recipe recipe commands.
step size The step size value is retained in nonvolatile
subcommand memory and will be restored after subsequent
23 power cycles.
Send 2 data bytes (8-bit values).
• Byte 0 = 23
• Byte 1 = Step size:
◦ 0 = Ramp and timed recipe values are set
in 10 ms steps, which means that the related
values represent hundredths of seconds.
For example, 100 = 1 s.
◦ Nonzero value = Ramp and recipe values
are set in 100 ms steps, which means that
the related values represent tenths of
seconds. For example, 100 = 10 s.)
Command 204 reports this value; B0 = 23.
71 Sets maximum set point compensation as percent 3 1 (CSR code)
set point increase above power set point
compensation Send 3 bytes.
limit
percentage • Byte 0 = 40

subcommand • Byte 1 = Allowable range reported with


40 command 204, Byte 0 = 41
• Byte 2 = 0
Command 204 reports this value; B0 = 40
78 Sends a 4 byte set point value to the unit to allow 4 (3 for 1 (CSR code)
set point values larger than the 2-byte limit of command 6. PROFIBUS)
PROFIBUS – Sets the set point with a 3-byte
value.
Sets power set point in watts, current set point in
hundredths of amps increments, and volt set point
in volts.
Send 4 bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 (32-bit value) = Set point
value
Command 238 reports this value.

4-56 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
79 Sends a 4 byte set point value to the unit to allow 4 (3 for 1 (CSR)
Set point in values larger than the 2-byte limit of command 6. PROFIBUS)
uniform units PROFIBUS – Sets the set point with a 3-byte
value.
Sets power set point in 0.1 W, current set point in
0.1 A, voltage set point in 0.1 V.
Send 4 bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 (32-bit value) = Set point
value
Command 239 reports this value.
82 Sets arc suppression parameters. variable 1 (CSR code)
set arc This command allows you to send subcommands.
suppression The first data byte specifies the subcommand. For
parameters example, if Byte 0 = 1, the command enables
VARC.
This command requires that you send a variable
number of data bytes. The data bytes specify
values.
Byte 0 = Description
0 IARC enable
1 VARC enable
2 Arc-Sync feature enable
3 Micro arc detect mask time
7 VARC sense level
8 IARC sense level
11 Hard arc count limit
12 Arc window duration
13 Micro arc suppression time
14 Hard arc suppression time
16 Arc profile index

(Continued on next page)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-57


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
82 Enables or disables current arc suppression 2 1 (CSR code)
IARC enable (IARC).
subcommand 0 Send 2 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 0 (enable/disable IARC)
• Byte 1 = Value
◦ 0 = IARC disabled
◦ 1 = IARC enabled
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 0.
82 Enables or disables voltage arc suppression 2 1 (CSR code)
VARC enable (VARC).
subcommand 1 Send 2 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 1 (enable/disable VARC)
• Byte 1 = Value
◦ 0 = VARC disabled
◦ 1 = VARC enabled
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 1.
82 Enables or disables the Arc-Sync feature to allow 2 1 (CSR code)
Arc-Sync arc synchronization among multiple stand-alone
feature enable Ascent units.
subcommand 2 Send 2 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 2 (enable/disable Arc-Sync feature)
• Byte 1 = Value
◦ 0 = Arc-Sync feature disabled
◦ 1 = Arc-Sync feature enabled
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 2.

4-58 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
82 Sets the time in micro seconds that arc detection is 3 1 (CSR code)
set arc detect disabled after micro arc recovery.
mask time Send 3 bytes.
subcommand 3 • Byte 0 = 3 (set arc detect mask time)
• Byte 1 = Arc detect mask time value
• Byte 2 = 0
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 3.
Command 235 B0 = 164 reports the valid range for
the micro arc detect mask time.
82 Sets the sense level for arc detection by voltage. 3 1 (CSR code)
set VARC If VARC is enabled, but IARC is disabled, then arc
sense levelsuppression is initiated if the output voltage falls
subcommand 7 below the VARC sense level.
If both VARC and IARC are arc suppression is
initiated only if both the output voltage falls below
the VARC sense level and the current rises above
the IARC sense level.
Send 3 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 7 (set VARC sense level )
• Bytes 1 and 2= Sense level voltage
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 7.
Command 235 B0 = 162 reports the valid range for
the VARC sense level.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-59


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
82 Sets the sense level for arc detection by current. 3 1 (CSR code)
set IARC This value is set as a percentage of the total current
sense level in measurement range of the unit or the master-slave
% of current system.
range If IARC is enabled and VARC is disabled, then arc
subcommand 8 suppression is initiated if the current rises above
the IARC sense level.
If both VARC and IARC are arc suppression is
initiated only if both the output voltage falls below
the VARC sense level and the current rises above
the IARC sense level.
Send 3 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 8 (set IARC sense level )
• Bytes 1 and 2 = Sense level
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 8.
Command 235 B0 = 163 reports the valid range for
the IARC sense level.
82 Sets the number of hard arcs required for the power 5 (3 for 1 (CSR code)
set hard arc supply to provide an arc indication at the end of a PROFIBUS)
count limit process run.
subcommand • When the hard arc count limit is set to a non-
11 zero value, the unit tracks the number of hard
arcs during the run. When the unit receives an
output off command, if the limit has been
exceeded during the run, the Arc LED on the
remote active panel lights momentarily, and
the ARC.D signal on the User port becomes
momentarily active.
• If the hard arc count limit is set to zero, each
time the unit detects a hard arc, the Arc LED
on a remote active panel lights momentarily
and the ARC.D signal on the User port
becomes momentarily active.
For units that are factory configured with the arc
limit fault feature, you can use the hard arc count
limit parameter in combination with the arc
window duration window to specify the number of
hard arcs (the hard arc count limit) that can occur
over a period of time. If the arc count exceeds that
(Continued on next page)

4-60 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
level during the period of time specified by the arc
window duration:
• The remote active panel or the PowerView
software displays E0004 ARC LIM FAULT
• The unit turns output off
• The Arc LED on the remote active panel
lights
• The ARC.D signal on the User port becomes
active.
Send 5 bytes.
PROFIBUS – Sends only 3 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 11 (set hard arc count limit )
• Bytes 1 through 4 = Hard arc count limit, LSB
first
Command 160 reports whether the unit has the arc
limit fault feature.
Command 82 B0 = 12 sets the arc duration
window.
Command 235 B0 = 11 reports the hard arc count
limit.
Command 235 B0 = 166 reports the valid range for
the hard arc count limit.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-61


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
82 Sets the arc duration window. This command is 3 1 (CSR code)
set arc available only for units that are factory configured
duration with the arc limit fault feature. If a unit is not
window configured for this feature, it will return a CSR 99
(command not implemented).
subcommand
12 In combination with the hard arc count limit, this
parameter sets the number of hard arcs that can
occur during a specified window of time. If the
count of hard arcs exceeds the hard arc count limit
during the window, the unit shuts output off. Send
two bytes representing window duration in
hundredths of seconds (sending a value of 10
provides a window length of 100 ms). A value of
0 defeats this function.
If output is on when you issue this command, the
new value does not take effect until the output is
off.
Send 3 bytes.
• Byte 0 = 12 (set arc duration window)
• Bytes 1 and 2 = Arc duration window, LSB
first
Command 160 reports whether the unit has the arc
limit fault feature.
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 12.
Command 82 B0 = 11 sets the hard arc count limit.
Command 235 B0 = 167 reports the valid range for
the arc window duration.
82 Sets the micro-arc suppression time, which is the 3 1 (CSR code)
micro-arc amount of time that the unit diverts power away
suppression from the plasma upon the detection of an arc.
time Send 3 bytes.
subcommand
13 • Byte 0 = 13 (micro-arc suppression time)
• Bytes 1 and 2 = Suppression time, LSB first
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 13.
Command 235 B0 = 174 reports the valid range for
the micro arc suppression time.

4-62 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
82 Sets the hard-arc suppression time, which is the 3 1 (CSR code)
hard arc amount of time that the unit diverts power away
suppression from the plasma upon the detection of a hard arc.
time Send 3 bytes.
subcommand • Byte 0 = 14 (hard-arc shutdown time)
14
• Bytes 1 and 2 = Suppression time, LSB first
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 14.
Command 235 B0 = 175 reports the valid range for
the hard arc suppression time.
82 Sets the arc profile index. This index selects a 2 1 (CSR code)
arc profile specific arc suppression scenario to be run by the
index unit.
subcommand Send 2 bytes.
16 • Byte 0 = 16 (arc profile index)
• Byte 1 = Index value (valid range is read with
Command 235, subcommand 180)
Command 235 reports this value; B0 = 16.
119 Turns DC output off. The power supply always 0 1 (CSR code)
master reset honors this command, regardless of which
interface has control.
126 Resets all user-defined values to factory default 1 1 (CSR code)
reset default and saves the default values to nonvolatile
settings memory.
Send 1 data byte (8-bit value) containing a value
of zero.
127 Writes up to 40 ASCII characters to nonvolatile 0 to 40 1 (CSR code)
write to memory.
scratch pad Send 0 to 40 bytes (ASCII characters).
PROFIBUS – Can write only 3 bytes to the scratch
pad.
Command 131 reports this value.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-63


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
128 Reports the unit ID and other information. 0 or 1 variable
report This command allows you to send subcommands.
firmware The name and function of a subcommand depends
revision and on the value of the first byte, which specifies the
number of requested action. The remaining data bytes specify
sides values. For example, if Byte 0 = 2, the command
reports the type of unit (standalone, master, or
slave).
Byte 0 = Description
No send data Unit ID
byte
2 Unit type (standalone, master,
slave)
3 Unit computer name
4 Read master/slave switch
address
6 Unit ID

128 Reports the unit ID. 0 4


report unit ID PROFIBUS—Do not use this subcommand. Use
no send data subcommand 6 to report the same data.
byte Send 0 data bytes to request the unit ID.
Returns 4 data bytes:
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Four-character identifier
(such as NGDC or ASNT)

128 Reports the type of unit (standalone, master, or 1 2


report unit slave).
type Send 1 data byte (B0 = 2) to request the unit type.
(standalone,
master, slave) • Byte 0 = 2 (report unit type )

subcommand 2 Returns 2 data bytes:


• Byte 0:
◦ 0 = Standalone
◦ 1 = Master
◦ 2 = Slave
• Byte 1 = Reserved

4-64 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
128 Reports the unit computer name, which consists of 1 10
report unit "ASNT" plus the last 3 bytes ( 6 characters) of the
computer unit's MAC ID in ASCII hex.
name Send 1 data byte (B0 = 3) to request the unit
subcommand 3 computer name.
Returns 10 bytes:
• Bytes 0 through 9 = ASCII string for
computer name
PROFIBUS – Only the first 5 bytes are available
in the upload packet.
128 Reads the value of the master/slave switch. The 1 2
read master/ unit captures the value during initialization and
slave switch resets it only after a power cycle.
address Send 1 data byte (B0 = 4) to request the master/
subcommand 4 slave switch address value.
Returns 2 bytes:
• Byte 0 = Master/slave switch address value.
Valid values:
◦ 0 = Master address
◦ 1 through 14 = Slave addresses
◦ 15 = Standalone unit address
• Byte 1 = Reserved

128 Reports the unit ID.\ 1 4


report unit ID Send 1 data byte (B0 = 6) to request the unit ID.
subcommand 6 Returns 4 data bytes:
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Four-character identifier
(such as NGDC or ASNT)

129 Reports the output capacity of the power supply. 0 6


report output Returns 6 data bytes (6 ASCII digits) indicating
size the output capacity in watts (for example, 40000 =
40,000 watts).
PROFIBUS – Only the first 5 bytes are available
in the upload packet.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-65


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
130 Reports the maximum output limits for the power 0 6
report set supply. Assume two decimal points (for example,
point limits 5000 = 50.00) for the power. However, the voltage
setting displays as is (for example, 1300 = 1300
V).
PROFIBUS – Command not available
Returns 6 data bytes:
• Bytes 0 and 1 (16-bit value) = Power output
limit in tens of watts (for example, 4000 =
40,000 watts).
• Bytes 2 and 3 (16-bit value) = Voltage output
limit in volts.
• Bytes 4 and 5 (16-bit value) = Current output;
the scaling of this value depends on the
current scaling option for which the unit is set.
The scaling option for the unit is reported by
command 204, subcommand 27.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is the
standard setting), the value represents
tenths of amperes. For example a value of
1000 = 100.0 A.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, the value
represents hundredths of amperes. For
example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00 A
Command 204 (B0 = 11) reports limits with 4
bytes.
131 Reports the ASCII characters (up to 40) saved to 0 0 to 40
report scratch nonvolatile scratch pad memory.
pad memory Returns 0 to 40 bytes (ASCII characters).
PROFIBUS – only the first 5 bytes in scratch pad
memory are available.
Set this value with command 127.

4-66 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
140 Reports the amount of time that the power supply 0 2
report AE Bus waits between bytes from the computer it is
time-out value communicating with before resetting and waiting
for a new packet.
Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) representing
hundredths of seconds. The valid range of values
is 2 to 500 (0.02 s to 5 s).
Set this value with command 40.
141 Reports the user-specified limit for output power 0 2
report power in kilowatts. Assume two decimals (for example,
limit 5000 = 50.00 kW).
☞ Important
Commands 141, 142, and 143 all report
output limits. The power supply responds
to the first limit that it reaches.
Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) representing
kilowatts; the acceptable range of values is from 0
to the maximum rated output of the supply.
Set this value with command 49.
Command 204 (B0 = 11) reports limits with 4
bytes.
142 Reports the user-specified limit for output voltage 0 2
report voltage in volts.
limit ☞ Important
Commands 141, 142, and 143 all report
output limits. The power supply responds
to the first limit that it reaches.
Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) representing
volts; the acceptable range of values is from 0 to
the maximum rated output voltage of the supply.
Set this value with command 50.
Command 204 (B0 = 11) reports limits with 4
bytes.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-67


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
143 Reports the user-specified limit for output current. 0 2
report current Assume two decimal places (500 = 5.00 A).
limit ☞ Important
Commands 141, 142, and 143 all report
output limits. The power supply responds
to the first limit that it reaches.
Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value). The scaling of
the returned value depends on the current scaling
option for which the unit is set. The scaling option
for the unit is reported by command 204,
subcommand 27.
• If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is the
standard setting), the value represents tenths
of amperes. For example a value of 1000 =
100.0 A.
• If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, the value
represents hundredths of amperes. For
example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00 A
Set this value with command 51.
Command 204 (B0 = 11) reports limits with 4
bytes.
144 Reports the ignition set point. 0 2
report Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) representing
ignition set volts; the range of possible values is the specified
point ignition voltage range of the power supply.
Set this value with command 52.
152 For ramp mode, reports the start point of the ramp 0 1
report ramp as a percentage of the set point.
mode start Returns 1 data byte (8-bit value). The range of
point valid values is 0 to 95 (0% to 95%).
Set this value with command 32.
153 Reports whether joule mode is enabled or disabled. 0 1
report joule Returns 1 data byte (8-bit value):
mode enable/
disable • 0 = Joule mode disabled
• Nonzero value = Joule mode enabled
Set this value with command 5.
To report the joule set point, see command 173.

4-68 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
154 Reports the regulation mode (power, current, or 0 1
report voltage).
regulation Returns 1 data byte (8-bit value):
mode
• 6 = Power
• 7 = Voltage
• 8 = Current
Set this value with command 3.
155 Reports the control mode (controlling interface) 0 1
report control for the power supply.
mode Returns 1 data byte (8-bit value):
• 2 = Host (serial) control mode
• 4 = User port control mode (if applicable)
• 3 or 6 = Local control panel control mode
Set this value with command 14.
156 Reports the active target. 0 1
report active Returns 1 data byte (8-bit value) indicating the
target target (1 through 8).
Set this value with command 11.
157 Reports the life (in kWh) of the specified target for 1 4
report target the target life counter function.
life ☞ Important
In a master/slave system, the target life is
calculated using the output of the entire
system, not just the individual unit.
Send 1 data byte indicating the target number (1
through 8).
Returns 4 data bytes (32-bit value) indicating the
target life in tenths of kWh; for example 100 = 10.0
kWh
Set this value with command 12.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-69


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
158 For ramp mode, reports the time that the power 0 2
report ramp supply will ramp from 0 to the set point.
time Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) indicating the
ramp time. The range of returned values if 0 to
60,000. The scaling of the returned value depends
on the step size that has been set (either 10 ms or
100 ms). The step size is reported with command
204, subcommand 23.
• If 10 ms step size is set, this value represents
hundredths of seconds. For example, 100 = 1
s.
• If 100 ms step size is set, this value represents
tenths of seconds. For example, 100 = 10 s.
Set this value with command 16.
See command 159 for related reports.
159 For ramp mode, reports the amount of time 0 2
report remaining in the ramp.
remaining Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) indicating the
ramp time remaining ramp time. The scaling of the returned
value depends on the step size that has been set
(either 10 ms or 100 ms). The step size is reported
with command 204, subcommand 23.
• If 10 ms step size is set, this value represents
hundredths of seconds. For example, 100 = 1
s.
• If 100 ms step size is set, this value represents
tenths of seconds. For example, 100 = 10 s.
See command 158 for related reports.
160 Reports the 32-bit software option values 0 12
report established in the configuration file. This
software information is used by AE Global Services.
options PROFIBUS – Command not available.
Returns 12 data bytes:
☞ Important
Any option bits not listed in this table are
reserved for use by AE only.
(Continued on next page)

4-70 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Side-specific software
option value 0 (Byte 0 is the LSB; Byte 3 is
the MSB).

Option Value
OPT_100ms_RAMP 0x00000080
1 = Ramp steps in 100 ms
increments. Allows 6000.0 s
ramp times.
0 = Ramp steps in 10 ms
increments. Allows 600.0 s ramp
times.
OPT_JOULE_RECIPE 0x00000100
1 = Joule recipe status in
PROFIBUS upload packet
0 = Standard status in
PROFIBUS upload packet
OPT_SETPOINT_COMP 0x00000200
1 = Enable set point
compensation
0 = Disable set point
compensation
OPT_ARC_LIM_FAULT 0x00080000
1 = Fault is set if hard arc count
exceeds hard arc limit
0 = No arc limit fault behavior
• Bytes 4 through 7 = Side-specific software
option value 1 (Byte 4 is the LSB; Byte 7 is
the MSB)
• Bytes 8 and 9 = System software option value
0 (Byte 8 is the LSB)
• Bytes 10 and 11 = System software option
value 1 (Byte 10 is the LSB)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-71


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
( Continued from previous page )

Option Value
OPT_DISABLE_CMD_Z 0x0400
ERO
1 = Ignore "null" command
0 = Shut output off if "null"
command is received

161 Reports the status of the most recent output-on 0 1


report status request that has occurred since the latest unit
of output-on power-up.
request Returns 1 data byte (8-bit value):
• 0 = Output on request is OK (output actually
turned ON)
• 1 = Invalid control mode when on command
was issued
• 2 = Output was already on when on command
issued
• 7 = Fault was active when on command
issued
• 16 = End of target life active when on
command issued
• 20 = Side was not enabled when on command
issued
• 31 = User port reset was active when on
command issued
• 44 = Output on command was never issued

162 Reports the unit operation status. Returns 4 bytes 0 4


report process (bit flags). A bit value of 0 means the condition is
status inactive; a bit value of 1 means the condition is
active.
Byte 0:
• Bit 0 = Power fold-back active
• Bit 1 = Ramp mode active
• Bit 2 = Run active

(Continued on next page)

4-72 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
• Bit 3 = Output power
◦ 0 = Off
◦ 1 = On
• Bit 4 = Illegal regulation mode
• Bit 5 = Internal interlock open
• Bit 6 = End of target life
• Bit 7 = Set point status
◦ 0 = Within tolerance
◦ 1 = Out of tolerance

☞ Important
This bit applies only to an individual
unit; for example, if the unit is a
master in a master/slave system, the
bit reflects the at-set-point status of
the master unit only
Byte 1:
• Bits 0 through 2 = Reserved
• Bit 3 = Overtemperature warning
• Bit 4 = Overtemperature Fault
• Bit 5 = Aux (external) interlock open
(includes the output cover interlock)
• Bit 6 = User port reset active
• Bit 7 = Gate drive voltage below threshold
Byte 2:
• Bit 0 = Housekeeping power fault
• Bit 1 = Master/slave fault
• Bits 2 through 6 = Reserved
• Bit 7 = PROFIBUS error
Byte 3:
• Bit 0 = AC input voltage high fault active
• Bit 1 = AC input voltage low fault active

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-73


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
• Bit 2 = Joules reached
• Bit 3 = Reserved
• Bit 4 = Out-of-set-point timer expired
• Bit 5 = Ground fault detected
• Bits 6 and 7 = Reserved

163 Reports the configuration status for the unit. 0 4


Returns 4 bytes (bit flags).
Byte 0:
• Bit 0 = Host program source (0 = internal, 1
= external)
• Bit 1 = Local program source (0 = internal, 1
= external)
• Bit 2 = User program source (0 = internal, 1
= external)
• Bit 3 = Reserved
• Bit 4 = VARC enabled (0 = disabled, 1 =
enabled)
• Bit 5 = Reserved
• Bit 6 = Program source for present control
mode (0 = internal, 1 = external)
• Bit 7 = Target life mode (0 = inactive, 1 =
active)
Byte 1:
• Bit 0 = IARC enabled (0 = disabled, 1 =
enabled)
• Bit 1 = Reserved
• Bit 2 = Joule mode enabled (0 = disabled, 1 =
enabled)
• Bits 3 and 4 = Reserved
• Bit 5 = Ramp mode (0 = inactive, 1 = active)
• Bit 6 = Reserved

(Continued on next page)

4-74 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
report • Bit 7 = Ready status (0 = not ready, 1 = ready)
configuration
status Bytes 2 and 3 = Reserved:
164 Reports the set point level and the regulation mode. 0 3
report set Returns 3 data bytes.
point and Bytes 0 and 1 (16-bit value):
regulation
mode • When reporting a power set point, returns a
value indicating hundredths of kilowatts (for
example, a value of 1000 = 10.00 kW).
• When reporting a current set point, the scaling
of the returned value depends on the current
scaling option for which the unit is set. The
scaling option for the unit is reported by
command 204, subcommand 27.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is the
standard setting), the value represents
tenths of amperes. For example a value of
1000 = 100.0 A.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, the value
represents hundredths of amperes. For
example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00 A
• When reporting a voltage set point, returns a
value indicating volts (for example, a value
of 800 = 800 V).
Byte 2 (8-bit value) = Regulation mode:
• 6 = Power
• 7 = Voltage
• 8 = Current
Set the set point value with command 6. Set the
regulation mode with command 3.
165 Reports a snapshot of the output power at the time 0 2
report actual of the request.
output power Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) representing the
power level in hundredths of kilowatts (for
example, 1000 = 10.00 kW).
See command 204 for 4-byte readback values,
which may exceed the 2-byte limits.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-75


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
166 Reports a snapshot of the output voltage at the time 0 2
report actual of the request.
output voltage Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) representing the
voltage level in volts.
See command 204 for 4-byte readback values,
which may exceed the 2-byte limits.
167 Reports a snapshot of the output current at the time 0 2
report actual of the request.
output Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) representing the
current current level. The scaling of the returned value
depends on the current scaling option for which the
unit is set. The scaling option for the unit is
reported by command 204, subcommand 27.
• If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is the
standard setting), the value represents tenths
of amperes. For example a value of 1000 =
100.0 A.
• If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, the value
represents hundredths of amperes. For
example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00 A
See command 204 for 4-byte readback values,
which may exceed the 2-byte limits.

4-76 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
168 Reports a snapshot of the output power, voltage, 0 6
report actual and current at the time of the request. (These values
output power, can also be reported individually with commands
voltage, and 165, 166, and 167.)
current PROFIBUS – Command not available
Returns 6 data bytes:
• Bytes 0 and 1 (16-bit value) = Power output
in hundredths of kilowatts (for example, 1000
= 10.00 kW).
• Bytes 2 and 3 (16-bit value) = Voltage output
in volts
• Bytes 4 and 5 (16-bit value) = Current output;
the scaling of the returned value depends on
the current scaling option for which the unit
is set. The scaling option for the unit is
reported by command 204, subcommand 27.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is the
standard setting), the value represents
tenths of amperes. For example a value of
1000 = 100.0 A.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, the value
represents hundredths of amperes. For
example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00 A
See command 209 for 4-byte P, V, and I values.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-77


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
169 Reports the set point levels set for power, voltage, 0 6
report P, V, and current regulation mode.
and I set PROFIBUS– Command not available
points Returns 6 data bytes:
• Bytes 0 and 1 (16-bit value) = Power set point
in hundredths of kilowatts (for example, 1000
= 10.00 kW).
• Bytes 2 and 3 (16-bit value) = Voltage set
point in volts
• Bytes 4 and 5 (16-bit value) = Current set
point; the scaling of the returned value
depends on the current scaling option for
which the unit is set. The scaling option for
the unit is reported by command 204,
subcommand 27.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is the
standard setting), the value represents
tenths of amperes. For example a value of
1000 = 100.0 A.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, the value
represents hundredths of amperes. For
example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00 A
See command 238 for 4-byte set point.
171 Reports the voltage threshold at which the Ascent 0 2
report voltage power supply determines that an arc is occurring.
arc sense level Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value).
Set this value with command 10.
172 For joule mode, reports the number of joules 0 4
report joules remaining in the active run.
remaining Returns 4 data bytes (32-bit value) indicating the
number of joules.
For additional joule mode reports, see command
173.

4-78 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
173 For joule mode, reports the number of joules that 0 4
report joule the unit will deliver before turning output off.
set point ☞ Important
In a master/slave system, the joules are
calculated for the entire system, not just the
individual unit.
Returns 4 data bytes (32-bit value) indicating the
number of joules.
Set this value with command 4.
For additional joule mode reports, see command
172.
175 Reports the amount of elapsed time since the last 0 3
report output- output-on event.
on time Returns 3 data bytes:
• Byte 0 (8-bit value) = Hours
• Byte 1 (8-bit value) = Minutes
• Byte 2 (8-bit value) = Seconds

178 Reports the hard arc count limit. 0 4


report hard Returns 4 data bytes (32-bit value) indicating the
arc count limit arc count limit.
Set this value with command 9. See command 9
for a description of this parameter.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-79


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
179 For recipe mode, reports status information about 0 4 for timed
report active the active recipe. recipes, 6 for
recipe PROFIBUS– Command not available for joule joule recipes
information recipes
Returns 4 or 6 bytes, depending on whether the
active recipe is a timed recipe (4 bytes) or a joule
recipe (6 bytes):
• Byte 1 (8-bit value) = Active recipe step
number
• Byte 2 (8-bit value) = Step is in ramp or run
phase (1 = Ramp phase active, 2 = Run phase
active, 4 = continuous joule recipe, 5 =
discrete joule recipe)
• For timed recipes only, bytes 3 and 4 (16-bit
value) = Remaining phase (ramp or run) time
in hundredths of seconds (for example,
5 = 0.05 s)
• For joule recipes only, bytes 3 through 6 (32-
bit value) = Number of joules remaining for
recipe step
For additional recipe mode reports, see commands
180, 181, 182, and 183.
180 Reports the number of steps in the recipe. 0 1
report Returns 1 data byte (8-bit value) representing the
number of number of steps in the recipe (up to 8). A value of
recipe steps zero indicates that recipe mode is disabled.
Set this value with command 19.
For additional recipe mode reports, see commands
179, 181, 182, and 183.

4-80 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
181 Reports the ramp time for the specified recipe step. 1 2
report recipe The ramp time is the length of time that the unit
step ramp will take to reach the set point for this step.
time Send 1 data byte (8-bit value) indicating the recipe
step number (1 through 8).
Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) indicating the
ramp time. The scaling of the returned value
depends on the step size that has been set (either
10 ms or 100 ms). The step size is reported with
command 204, subcommand 23.
• If 10 ms step size is set, this value represents
hundredths of seconds. For example, 100 = 1
s.
• If 100 ms step size is set, this value represents
tenths of seconds. For example, 100 = 10 s.
Set this value with command 21.
For additional recipe mode reports, see commands
179, 180, 182, and 183.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-81


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
182 Reports the set point for the specified recipe step 1 3
report recipe and the regulation mode.
step set point Send 1 data byte (8-bit value) indicating the recipe
and step number (1 through 8).
regulation Returns 3 data bytes (24-bit value).
mode
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Set point in watts, volts, or
amperes, depending on the active regulation
mode:
◦ When reporting a power set point, the value
indicates hundredths of kilowatts (for
example, a value of 1000 = 10.00 kW).
◦ When reporting a current set point, the
scaling of the returned value depends on the
current scaling option for which the unit is
set. The scaling option for the unit is
reported by command 204, subcommand
27.
▪ If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is
the standard setting), the value represents
tenths of amperes. For example a value
of 1000 = 100.0 A.
▪ If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, the
value represents hundredths of amperes.
For example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00
A
◦ When reporting a voltage set point, the
value indicates volts (for example, a value
of 1000 = 1000 )V.
• Byte 2 = Regulation mode.
Set this value with command 22.
For additional recipe mode reports, see commands
179, 181, 182, and 183.

4-82 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
183 Reports the run time for the specified recipe step. 1 2 for timed
report recipe Send 1 data byte (8-bit value) indicating the recipe recipes, 4 for
step run time step number (1 through 8). joule recipes
or joule set For timed recipes only, returns 2 data bytes (16-bit
point value) indicating the run time in hundredths of
seconds The scaling of the returned value depends
on the step size that has been set (either 10 ms or
100 ms). The step size is reported with command
204, subcommand 23.
• If 10 ms step size is set, this value represents
hundredths of seconds. For example, 100 = 1
s.
• If 100 ms step size is set, this value represents
tenths of seconds. For example, 100 = 10 s.
For joule recipes only, returns 4 data bytes
indicating the joules set point for the requested
step.
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, the joules are
calculated for the entire system, not just the
individual unit.
If a zero run time is assigned to the final step in a
recipe, the unit will switch to continuous output for
when it reaches the set point for this step. To
subsequently turn output off, you need to send an
off command. If joule mode is simultaneously
enabled, the unit will turn output off when it
reaches the joule set point.
Set this value with command 23.
For additional recipe mode reports, see commands
179, 180, 181, and 182.
184 Reports the amount of time remaining on the out- 0 2
report of-set-point timer before a fault condition occurs.
remaining Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value) indicating the
out-of-set- remaining time in tenths of seconds (for example,
point interval 15 = 1.5 s).
For additional out-of-set point timer reports, see
command 187.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-83


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
187 Reports status and time set for the out-of-set-point 0 2
report out-of- timer, which specifies how long the power supply
set-point will tolerate an out-of-set-point condition before
timer shutting output off.
Returns 2 data bytes (16-bit value):
• 0 = Out-of-set-point timer disabled
• Nonzero value indicates the out-of-set-point
timer is enabled and indicates the timer value
in tenths of seconds (for example, 15 = 1.5 s)
Set this value with command 31.
For additional out-of-set-point timer reports, see
command 184.
188 Reports the arc density from the previous second. 0 4
report arc Returns 4 data bytes:
density per
second • Bytes 0 and 1 (16-bit value) = Number of
micro arcs
• Bytes 2 and 3 (16-bit value) = Number of hard
arcs
For additional arc density reports, see commands
189 and 190.
189 Reports the number of micro arcs that occurred in 0 4
report micro the previous run.
arc density Returns 4 data bytes (32-bit value) indicating the
per run number of micro arcs.
For additional arc density reports, see commands
188 and 190.
190 Reports the number of hard arcs that occurred in 0 4
report hard the previous run.
arc density Returns 4 data bytes (32-bit value) indicating the
per run number of hard arcs. For additional arc density
reports, see commands 188 and 189.

4-84 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
195 Reports the personality card id and personality 0 4
report card group for each of the personality cards in the
personality 2 slots.
card ID Personality card groups:
• 0x00 (no card installed)
• 0x01 DeviceNet
• 0x02 AE Bus
• 0x03 analog monitor
• 0x04 ASCII interface
• 0x05 single Profibus
• 0x06 single user
• 0x07 dual user
• 0x08 cclink
• 0x09 ethernet
• 0x0A dual Profibus
Returns 4 bytes:
• Byte 0 = Identity of card in first slot (slot 0)
• Byte 1 = Personality card group of card in first
slot (slot 0)
• Byte 2 = Identity of card in second slot (slot
1)
• Byte 3 = Personality card group of card in
second slot (slot 1)

196 Reports the recipe type. 0 1


report recipe Returns 1 data byte:
type
• 1 = Timed recipe
• 2 = Continuous joule recipe
• 3 = Discrete joule recipe
Set this value with command 33.
197 Reports the version of the power supply’s flash 0 32
report flash configuration.
configuration PROFIBUS–Command not available
Returns a 32 ASCII character part number.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-85


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
198 Reports the application firmware version string. 0 or 1 variable
report PROFIBUS–Command not available
application Send 0 data bytes to retrieve the application
firmware revision string. Returns 11 data bytes reporting an
version 11 ASCII character part number.
Send 1 data byte to retrieve specific firmware
revision information.
revision string index:
• 0 = Application revision
• 1 = Configuration revision
• 3 = FPGA revision
• 100 = CMC revision
Returns a variable number of bytes:
• Application revision – 11 bytes (ASCII)
• Configuration revision – 32 bytes (ASCII)
• FPGA revision - 4 bytes (ASCII)
• CMC revision - Returns 32 bytes (ASCII)

201 Reports the unit capacity. This capacity, expressed 0 4


report unit in watts, is the sum of the sizes of all power
capacity - total modules contained in the unit.
size in watts Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 to 3 = Total unit capacity in watts (32-
bit value)

204 Reports the ethernet IP address, default gateway, 1 or 2 variable


report subnet mask, DHCP/BootP client control, and
ethernet and various other system settings.
other system This command allows you to send subcommands.
parameters The name and function of a subcommand depends
on the value of the first byte. The sent data byte
(Byte 0) specifies the requested parameter; the
returned data bytes specify the parameter values.
For example, if Byte 0 = 1, the returned data gives
the value for the ethernet default gateway.
(Continued on next page)

4-86 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned

Byte 0 = Description
0 IP address
1 Default gateway
2 Subnet mask
3 MAC ID
4 Phy initialization status
5 DHCP/BootP enable status
6 All ethernet parameters
7 DHCP assigned IP address
10 Required master/slave system
size in watts
11 Output limits
12 P, V, and I user limits
13 Master/slave number of slaves
connected
15 Slave snapshot data
16 Actual power feedback
17 Actual voltage feedback
18 Actual current feedback
19 Required size increment step
size
22 Valid ignition voltage range
23 Ramp and timed recipe step
size
25 Power scaling information
26 Voltage scaling information
27 Current scaling information
28 Voltage measurement range
29 Current measurement range
40 Set point compensation limit
percentage
41 Allowed range for set point
compensation limit percentage
42 Valid joule set point range

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-87


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned

Byte 0 = Description
43 Valid range for ramp time in
counts

204 Reports the unit's ethernet IP address. 1 4


report Send 1 data byte.
ethernet IP
address • Byte 0 = 0 (report IP address)

subcommand 0 Returns 4 data bytes.


• Bytes 0 through 3 = IP address
Set this value with command 71, B0 = 0
204 Reports the ethernet default gateway. 1 4
report Send 1 data byte.
ethernet
default • Byte 0 = 1 (report ethernet default gateway)
gateway Returns 4 data bytes.
subcommand 1
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Default gateway
Set this value with command 71, B0 = 1.
204 Reports the ethernet subnet mask. 1 4
report Send 1 data byte.
ethernet
subnet mask • Byte 0 = 2 (report ethernet subnet mask)

subcommand 2 Returns 4 data bytes.


• Bytes 0 through 3 = Sub-net mask
Set this value with command 71, B0 = 2.
204 Reports the MAC ID for the unit. 1 6
report MAC PROFIBUS – Command not available.
ID Send 1 data byte.
subcommand 3
• Byte 0 = 3 (report MAC ID)
Returns 6 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 5 = MAC ID
Set this value with command 71, B0 = 3.

4-88 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports Phy initialization status. 1 4
report Phy Send 1 data byte.
initialization
status • Byte 0 = 4 (report Phy initialization status)

subcommand 4 Returns 4 data bytes.


• Byte 0 = Status
◦ Bit 0 = Phy read fail (0 = OK; 1 = Fail)
◦ Bit 1 = Auto negotiate results (0 = OK; 1 =
Time-out fail)
◦ Bit 2 = Link status (0 = Link up OK; 1 =
Link down fail)
◦ Bit 3 = Remote fault (0 = OK; 1 = remote
fault)
◦ Bits 4 and 5 = Speed

Bit 5 Bit 4 Speed value


0 0 10 Mbit
0 1 100 Mbit
1 0 Reserved
1 1 Reserved

◦ Bit 6 = duplex (0 = half; 1 = full)


• Bytes 1 through 3 = Reserved
Set this value with command 71, B0 = 4.
204 Reports the enabled/disabled status of DHCP/ 1 2
report DHCP/ BootP client.
BootP enable Send 1 data byte.
status
• Byte 0 = 5 (report DHCP/BootP enable status
subcommand 5
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = Status
◦ 0 = DHCP/BootP client disabled
◦ 1 = DHCP/BootP client enabled
• Byte 1 = Reserved
Set this value with command 71, B0 = 5.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-89


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports all ethernet parameters. 1 39
report all PROFIBUS – Command not available.
ethernet Send 1 data byte.
parameters
subcommand 6 • Byte 0 = 6 (report ethernet parameters)
Returns 39 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = IP address
• Bytes 4 and 5 = Reserved
• Bytes 6 through 9 = Default gateway
• Bytes 10 and 11 = Reserved
• Bytes 12 through 15 = Sub-net mast
• Bytes 16 and 17 = Reserved
• Byte 18 = Client enable/disable (0 = disable
client; 1 = Enable client)
• Bytes 19 through 22 = DHCP assigned
address
• Bytes 23 through 26 = Reserved
• Bytes 27 through 32 = MAC ID
• Bytes 33 and 34 = Reserved
• Bytes 35 through 38 = Phy status
Set this value with command 71, B0 = 6.
204 Reports the IP address assigned by DHCP. 1 4
report DHCP Send 1 data byte.
assigned IP
address • Byte 0 = 7 (report DHCP assigned IP address)

subcommand 7 Returns 4 data bytes.


• Bytes 0 through 3 = IP address

4-90 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports the required size in watts for a master/ 1 4
report slave system.
required M/S Send 1 data byte.
system size in
watts • Byte 0 = 10 (request M/S system size in watts)

subcommand Returns 4 data bytes.


10
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Required master/slave
system size in watts
Set this value with command 71, B0 = 10.
204 Reports master/slave output limits in 32-bit values. 1 12
report output PROFIBUS – Command not available.
limits Send 1 data byte.
subcommand
11 • Byte 0 = 11 (report output limits)
Returns 12 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Power output limit in watt
increments
• Bytes 4 through 7 = Voltage output limit in
volt increments
• Bytes 8 through 11 = Current output limit in
0.01 A increments; that is, 16700 = 167.00 A

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-91


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports the user specified limits for output power, 1 12
report P, V, voltage, and current (similar to commands 141,
and I user 142, and 143 except return values are 4 bytes each,
limits providing readbacks for large-size systems). You
can use this command for any size system,
subcommand including master/slave. Acceptable range for each
12 limit is 0 to maximum output range.
PROFIBUS – Command not available.
Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 12 (report P, V, and I user limits in
32-bit values)
Returns 12 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = User power limit in watt
increments
• Bytes 4 through 7 = User voltage limit in volt
increments
• Bytes 8 through 11 = User current limit in
0.01 A increments; that is, 1000 = 10.00 A
Set this value with command 71, B0 = 11, 12, and
13.
204 Reports the number of slaves connected to the 1 2
report M/S master unit in a master/slave system.
number of ☞ Important
slaves Send this command only to a master unit.
connected
Send 1 data byte.
subcommand
13 • Byte 0 = 13 (report M/S number of slaves
connected)
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Number of slaves detected

4-92 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports operation data for a slave unit at a specific 2 16
report slave slave address.
snapshot data PROFIBUS – Command not available.
subcommand ☞ Important
15 Send this command only to a master unit.
Send 2 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = 15 (report slave snapshot data)
• Byte 1 = Slave address (1, 2, 3, ... 15)
Returns 16 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Status
◦ Bit 0 = Reserved
◦ Bit 1 = Fault active (0 = No faults; 1 =
Fault(s) active)
◦ Bits 2 and 3 = Reserved
◦ Bit 4 = Slave ready indication (0 = Not
ready; 1 = Ready)
◦ Bit 5 = Slave at set point (0 = Not at set
point; 1 = At set point)
◦ Bits 6 and 7 = Reserved
◦ Bit 8 = Slave connected (0 = Inactive; Non-
zero = Active
◦ Bits 9 through 15 = Reserved
• Bytes 2 through 5 = Size in watts
• Bytes 6 through 9 = Power reading
• Bytes 10 through 13 = Current reading
• Bytes 14 and 15 = Voltage reading

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-93


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports the actual power being delivered (similar 1 4
report actual to command 165 except return value is 4-bytes).
power Reports power in watts.
subcommand Send 1 data byte.
16 • Byte 0 = 16 (report actual power readback)
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Actual power output in
watts

204 Reports the actual voltage being delivered (similar 1 4


report actual to command 166 except return value is 4-bytes).
voltage Reports voltage in volts.
subcommand Send 1 data byte.
17 • Byte 0 = 17 (report actual voltage)
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Actual voltage output in
volts

204 Reports the actual current being delivered (similar 1 4


report actual to command 167 except return value is 4 bytes).
current Reports the current in hundredths of amps (that is,
a. return value of 12345 represents 123.45 amps).
subcommand
18 Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 18 (report actual current)
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Actual current output in
0.01 A increments

204 Reports the step size used for incrementing or 1 4


report decrementing required system size. For example,
required size a configuration may specify a step size of 2000 W.
increment Send 1 data byte.
step size
• Byte 0 = 19 (report required increment size)
subcommand
19 Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Step size in watt
increments

4-94 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports the minimum and maximum ignition 1 4
report valid voltage limits in volts. These values represent the
ignition minimum and maximum values that can be set with
voltage range command 52.
subcommand Send 1 data byte.
22 • Byte 0 = 22 (report valid ignition voltage
range)
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Minimum ignition voltage
value in volts
• Bytes 2 and 3 = Maximum ignition voltage
value in volts

204 Reports the step size for ramping and timed 1 2


report ramp recipes. This value defines the scaling for ramp and
and timed timed recipe commands.
recipe step Send 1 data byte.
size
• Byte 0 = 23 (report step size for ramping and
subcommand timed recipes)
23
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = Step size
◦ 0 = Ramp and timed recipe values are set
in 10 ms steps, which means that the related
values represent hundredths of seconds.
For example, 100 = 1 s.
◦ Nonzero value = Ramp and recipe values
are set in 100 ms steps, which means that
the related values represent tenths of
seconds. For example, 100 = 10 s.
• Byte 1 = Not used
Set this value with command 71; B0 = 23.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-95


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports the scaling constant for the 16-bit power 1 2
report power set point and readback commands.
scaling The constant indicates a variation from the base
information resolution. Base resolution for power is 1 W.
subcommand To calculate the unit resolution, multiply the
25 scaling value returned from this command by the
base resolution. For example, if the scaling
constant for power is 10, the power resolution for
the unit is 10 x 1 W = 10 W.
Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = (report power scaling information)
Returns 2 bytes:
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Power scaling, LSB first

204 Reports the scaling constant for the 16-bit voltage 1 2


report voltage set point and readback commands.
scaling The constant indicates a variation from the base
information resolution. Base resolution for voltage is 1 V.
subcommand To calculate the unit resolution, multiply the
26 scaling value returned from this command by the
base resolution. For example, if the scaling
constant for voltage is 1, the voltage resolution for
the unit is 1 x 1 V = 1 V.
Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 26 (report voltage scaling
information)
Returns 2 bytes:
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Voltage scaling, LSB first

4-96 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports the scaling for the 16-bit current set point 1 2
report current and readback commands.
scaling Send 1 data byte.
information
• Byte 0 = 27 (report current scaling
subcommand information)
27
Returns 2 bytes:
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Current scaling
◦ 1 = 0.01 A scaling; for example, a value of
10000 = 100 A
◦ 10 = 0.1 A scaling; for example, a value of
1000 = 100 A. This is the standard scaling.

204 Reports the upper end of the voltage measurement 1 4


report voltage range in volts. The lower end of the range is 0. The
measurement result of this command is the same whether the unit
range is standalone or in a master/slave system because
the voltage range does not vary with the size of the
subcommand system.
28
Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 28 (report voltage measurement
range)
Returns 4 data bytes (32-bit value):
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Voltage measurement
range in volts

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-97


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reports the upper end of the current measurement 1 4
report system range in 0.01 A increments. The lower end of the
current range is 0. For example, a value of 10000 =
measurement 100.00 A.
range If running as a standalone unit or as a slave in a
subcommand master/slave system, the range is returned for the
29 single unit only. If you send this command to the
master in a master/slave system, the returned value
represents the range for the entire system.
Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 29 (report system current
measurement range)
Returns 4 data bytes (32 bit value):
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Current measurement
range in 0.01 A increments

204 Returns maximum set point compensation as 3 1 (CSR code)


set point percent increase above power set point
compensation Send 1 byte.
limit
percentage • Byte 0 = 40

subcommand Returns 2 bytes.


40
• Byte 0 = limit in % (0% to 40%)
• Byte 1 = 0
Command 71 sets this value; B0 = 40

4-98 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Returns allowed range for set point compensation 1 4
allowed range limit above power set point
for set point Send 1 byte.
compensation
limit • Byte 0 = 41
percentage Returns 4 bytes.
subcommand
• Byte 0 = minimum set point compensation
41
limit in percent (0% to 100%) above power
set point
• Byte 1 = 0
• Byte 2 = Maximum set point compensation
limit
• Byte 3 = 0

204 Reads maximum joule set point value. The 32-bit 1 4


request valid value represents the maximum value to be used
joule set point with command 4. The minimum joule set point is
range always 0.
subcommand Send 1 byte.
42 • B0 = 42
Returns 4 bytes.
• B0 = Maximum Joule set point [J] LSB
• B1 = Maximum Joule set point [J]
• B2 = Maximum Joule set point [J]
• B3 = Maximum Joule set point [J] MSB

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-99


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
204 Reads minimum and maximum ramp time counts. 1 4
request valid The 16-bit values represents the minimum and
range for maximum values to be used with command 16.
ramp time in Send 1 byte.
counts
• B0 = 43
subcommand
43 Returns 4 bytes.
• B0 = Minimum Ramp time [counts] LSB
• B1 = Minimum Ramp time [counts] MSB
• B2 = Maximum Ramp time [counts] LSB
• B3 = Maximum Ramp time [counts] MSB

205 Reads the time and date in the ColdFire module 0 7


read real time real-time clock.
clock PROFIBUS – Command not available.
Returns 7 data bytes (as BCD values).
• Byte 0 = Seconds (00 to 59)
• Byte 1 = Minutes (00 to 59)
• Byte 2 = Hours (00 to 23)
• Byte 3 = Day in week (01 to 07)
• Byte 4 = Date in month (01 to 31)
• Byte 5 = Month (01 to 12)
• Byte 6 = Year (00 to 99)
Set this value with command 70.
207 Reports a general snapshot of operating 0 38
report parameters in a single packet for continuous
streamline polling. The snapshot includes the following
snapshot parameters:
PROFIBUS – Command not available.
Returns 38 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 (16-bit value) = Power readback
in 10 W increments
• Bytes 2 and 3 (16-bit value) = Voltage
readback in 1 volt increments

(Continued on next page)

4-100 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
• Bytes 4 and 5 (16-bit value) = Current
readback; the scaling of the returned value
depends on the current scaling option for
which the unit is set. The scaling option for
the unit is reported by command 204,
subcommand 27.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.1 A scaling (this is the
standard setting), the value represents
tenths of amperes. For example a value of
1000 = 100.0 A.
◦ If the unit is set for 0.01 A scaling, the value
represents hundredths of amperes. For
example, a value of 10,000 = 100.00 A
• Bytes 6 and 7 (16-bit value) = Set point in
appropriate units for regulation mode. See the
descriptions for bytes 0 through 5 for
readback resolution.
• Byte 8 = Regulation mode:
◦ 6 = Power regulation mode
◦ 7 = Voltage regulation mode
◦ 8 = Current regulation mode
• Byte 9 = Control mode
◦ 2 = Host control mode
◦ 3 = Local control mode
◦ 4 = User control mode
◦ 0 = Save or other
• Bytes 10 through 13 (32-bit value) = Micro
arc count
• Bytes 14 through 17 (32-bit value) = Hard arc
count
• Bytes 18 and 19 (bit flags) = Status
Byte 18:
◦ Bit 0 = Output power (0 = off, 1 = on)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-101


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
◦ Bit 1 = Joule mode (0 = disabled, 1 =
enabled)
◦ Bit 2 = VARC (0 = disabled, 1 = enabled)
◦ Bit 3 = Ramp active (output is ramping in
regular ramp mode or in the ramp segment
of recipe step; 0= not active, 1= active)
◦ Bit 4 = Recipe active (output is in run
segment of recipe step; 0= not active, 1=
active)
◦ Bit 5 = End of target life
◦ Bit 6 = Ignition (0 = ignited, 1 = not ignited)
◦ Bit 7 = Set point status (0 = at set point, 1
= not at set point)
Byte 19 (bit flags):
◦ Bit 0 = Power fold-back (1 = fold-back
active, 0 = fold-back not active)
◦ Bit 1 = Reserved
◦ Bit 2 = Arc limit (0 = normal or not in arc
limit condition, 1 = arc limit active)
◦ Bit 3 = Target life (0 = not enabled; 1 =
enabled)
◦ Bit 4 = IARC (0 = not enabled; 1 = enabled)
◦ Bit 5 = User port reset (0 = CLEAR.D not
asserted; 1 = CLEAR.D asserted)
◦ Bit 6 = Joules reached
◦ Bit 7 = Reserved
• Byte 20 (bit flags) = Master/slave
◦ Bit 0 = Master unit (0 = not a master unit;
1 = master unit)
◦ Bit 1 = Slave unit (0 = not a slave unit; 1 =
slave unit)
◦ Bit 2 = Current scaling (0 = set to .01; 1 =
set to .10)
◦ Bits 3through 7 = Reserved

4-102 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
(Continued from previous page)
• Byte 21 = Reserved
• Byte 22 (bit flags) = Faults
◦ Bit 0 = Fault active
◦ Bit 1 = Overtemperature fault
◦ Bit 2 = Interlock fault
◦ Bit 3 = Reserved
◦ Bit 4 = System fault
◦ Bits 5 through 7 = Reserved
• Bytes 23 through 25 = Reserved
• Bytes 26 through 29 (32-bit value) = Current
readback in 0.01 A increments
• Bytes 30 through 33 (32-bit value) = Set point
in appropriate units for regulation mode.
◦ Power readback is in 1 W increments.
◦ Current readback is in 0.01 A increments.
◦ Voltage readback is in 1 V increments.
• Bytes 34 through 37 (32-bit value) = Power
readback in 1 W increments

208 Reports a list of fault codes representing active 1 Variable or


report fault faults affecting the addressed chamber. The fault CSR code 0,
list list includes any chamber-specific and any system if no fault
faults that generate a fault condition for the exists
addressed chamber.
Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 0
Returns a variable number of data bytes (based on
the fault codes reported). If no fault exists, returns
CSR code 0. If there are active faults, returns 2 data
bytes for each fault code. For example, if a single
fault is active, the packet contains 2 data bytes; if
two faults are active, the packet data length is 4
data bytes; and so on. If no faults are active, the
packet data length is 1 (value = 0, indicating no
faults).

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-103


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
209 Reports P, V, and I in 4-byte values. 0 12
report 32-bit PROFIBUS – Command not available.
power, Returns 12 data bytes:
voltage, and
current • Bytes 0 through 3 = Total power output in
readbacks watts.
• Bytes 4 through 7 = Total voltage output in
volts.
• Bytes 8 through 11 = Total current output in
hundredths of amps (for example, 805 = 8.05
A)

220 Reports total operation time, output on run time in 2 4


report seconds, total energy delivered by unit, output on
statistics event count, and unit AC power on event count.
Send 2 data bytes (16-bit value).
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Runtime statistic. Valid
values:
◦ 20000 = Total operation time (idle time
plus run time) in seconds
◦ 20001 = Output on time (run time) in
seconds
◦ 20002 = Total energy in kWh
The kWh usage statistics are calculated by
each unit. In a Master/Slave system, the
master’s kWh usage statistic is based on the
output of the master. Each slave stores its
own kWh usage statistic.
◦ 20003 = Output on events
◦ 21000 = Unit on events
Returns 4 bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Value representing the
run time statistic

4-104 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
230 Reports the logic software checksum. 1 2
report logic Send 1 data byte (8-bit value) requesting the
software desired information:
checksum
• Byte 0 = Logical application
◦ 0 = Logic application
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 (16-bit value) = Checksum
value

235 Reports the arc parameters set for the unit and arc 1 2 or 4
request arc count information.
parameters This command allows you to send subcommands.
and counts The name and function of a subcommand depends
on the value of the first data byte. The first data
byte sent (Byte 0) specifies the requested
parameter; the returned data bytes specify the
parameter values. For example, if Byte 0 = 1, the
returned data gives the value for the ethernet
default gateway.
Byte 0 = Description
0 Report IARC enabled
1 Report VARC enabled
2 Report Arc-Sync enabled state
3 Report micro arc detect mask
time
7 Report VARC sense level
8 Report IARC sense level
11 Report hard arc count limit
12 Report arc window duration
13 Report micro arc suppression
time
14 Report hard arc suppression
time
16 Report arc profile index
17 Report active arc profile name

(Continued on next page)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-105


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned

Byte 0 = Description
18 Report arc profile name
80 Report micro arc count
81 Report hard arc count
82 Report micro arc density
83 Report hard arc density
162 Report valid range of VARC
sense level
163 Report valid range of IARC
sense level
164 Report valid range of micro arc
detect mask time
166 Report valid range of hard arc
count limit
167 Report valid range of arc
window duration (only
available with arc limit fault
enabled)
174 Report valid range of micro arc
shutdown time
175 Report valid range of hard arc
shutdown time
180 Report valid range of arc
profile indexes

235 Reports whether current arc suppression (IARC) is 1 2


report IARC enabled or disabled.
enabled state Send 1 data byte.
subcommand 0 • Byte 0 = 0 (report IARC enabled state)
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = State
◦ 0 = IARC disabled
◦ 1 = IARC enabled
• Byte 1 = 0.
Set this value with command 82; B0 = 0.

4-106 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
235 Reports whether voltage arc suppression (VARC) 1 2
report VARC is enabled or disabled.
enabled state Send 1 data byte.
subcommand 1 • Byte 0 = 1 (report VARC enabled state)
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = State
◦ 0 = VARC disabled
◦ 1 = VARC enabled
• Byte 1 = 0.
Set this value with command 82; B0 = 1.
235 Reports whether the Arc-Sync feature is enabled 1 2
report Arc- or disabled. This feature allows arc
Sync enabled synchronization among multiple stand-alone
state Ascent units.
subcommand 2 Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 2 (report Arc-Sync feature enabled
state)
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = Arc-Sync feature enabled status
◦ 0 = Disabled
◦ 1 = Enabled
• Byte 1 = 0.
Set this value with command 82; B0 = 2.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-107


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
235 Reports the time in micro seconds that arc 1
report micro detection is disabled after micro arc recovery.
arc detect Send 1 byte.
mask time
• Byte 0 = 3 (set arc detect mask time)
subcommand 3
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = Arc detect mask time value
• Byte 1 = 0
Set this value with command 82 ; B0 = 3.
Command 235 B0 = 164 reports the valid range for
the micro arc detect mask time.
235 Reports the sense level voltage for arc detection by 1 2
report VARC voltage.
sense level If VARC is enabled, but IARC is disabled, then arc
subcommand 7 suppression is initiated if the output voltage falls
below the VARC sense level.
If both VARC and IARC are arc suppression is
initiated only if both the output voltage falls below
the VARC sense level and the current rises above
the IARC sense level.
Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 7 (report VARC sense level)
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 = VARC sense level, LSB first
Set this value with command 82; B0 = 7.
Command 235 B0 = 162 reports the valid range for
the VARC sense level.

4-108 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
235 Reports the sense level for arc detection by current. 1 2
report IARC This value is set as a percentage of the total current
sense level measurement range of the unit or the master-slave
system.
subcommand 8
If IARC is enabled and VARC is disabled, then arc
suppression is initiated if the current rises above
the IARC sense level.
If both VARC and IARC are arc suppression is
initiated only if both the output voltage falls below
the VARC sense level and the current rises above
the IARC sense level.
Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 8
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 = IARC sense level, LSB first
Set this value with command 82; B0 = 8.
Command 235 B0 = 163 reports the valid range for
the IARC sense level.
235 Reports the hard arc count limit. See the set 1 4
report hard command (82, B0 = 11) for a description of this
arc count limit parameter.
subcommand Send 1 data byte.
11 • Byte 0 = 11 (report hard arc count limit)
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Hard arc count limit, LSB
first
Set this value with command 82, B0 = 11.
Command 235 B0 = 12 reports the arc duration
window.
Command 235 B0 = 166 reports the valid range for
the hard arc count limit.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-109


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
235 Reports arc window duration in 10 ms increments 1 2
report arc (only available only when the unit is factory
window configured with the arc limit fault feature). See the
duration set command (82, B0 = 12) for a description of this
parameter.
subcommand
12 Send 1 data byte.
• Byte 0 = 12 (report arc window duration)
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Arc window duration (ms),
LSB first
Set this value with command 82, B0 = 12.
Command 235 B0 = 11 reports the hard arc count
limit.
Command 235 B0 = 167 reports the valid range for
the arc window duration.
235 Reports the micro-arc suppression time, which is 1 2
report micro the amount of time that the unit diverts power away
arc from the plasma upon the detection of an arc.
suppression Send 1 data byte.
time
• Byte 0 = 13 (report micro arc time)
subcommand
13 Returns 2 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Micro arc time, LSB first
Set this parameter with command 82 reports this
value; B0 = 13.
Command 235 B0 = 174 reports the valid range for
the micro arc suppression time.

4-110 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
235 Reports the hard-arc suppression time, which is the 1 2
report hard amount of time that the unit diverts power away
arc from the plasma upon the detection of a hard arc.
suppression Send 1 data byte.
time
• Byte 0 = 14 (report hard arc time)
subcommand
14 Returns 2 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Hard arc time, LSB first
Set this parameter with command 82 reports this
value; B0 = 14.
Command 235 B0 = 175 reports the valid range for
the hard arc suppression time.
235 Reports the index number of the arc profile 1 2
report arc currently in use.
profile index Send 1 data byte.
subcommand • Byte 0 = 16 (report arc profile index)
16
Returns 2 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = Arc profile index
• Byte 1 = Reserved
Set this value with command 82, B0 = 16.
Command 235, subcommand 180 reports the valid
range.
235 Reports the name string that identifies the active 1 33
report active arc profile.
arc profile PROFIBUS – Command not available.
name Send 1 data byte.
subcommand
17 • Byte 0 = 17 (report active arc profile name)
Returns 32 bytes plus one byte null termination.
• Bytes 0 through 31 = Arc profile name in
ASCII
• Byte 32 = 0 (null termination)

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-111


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
235 Reports the name of the arc profile by index 1 32 bytes plus
report arc number. The name string (ASCII) may have as 1 byte null
profile name many as 32 bytes. termination
subcommand Send 2 data bytes.
18 • Byte 0 = 18 (report arc profile name)
• Byte 1 = Profile index (0 to 3)
Returns 32 data bytes plus 1 null termination byte
PROFIBUS – Returns the first 5 available bytes in
the upload packet.
• Bytes 0 through 31 = Arc profile name in
ASCII
• Byte 32 = 0 (null termination)

235 Reports the number of micro arcs per run. 1 4


report micro Send 1 data byte.
arc count
• Byte 0 = 80 (report micro arc count)
subcommand
80 Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = External arc count, LSB
first

235 Reports the number of hard arcs per run. 1 4


report hard Send 1 data byte.
arc count
• Byte 0 = 81 (report hard arc count)
subcommand
81 Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = External arc count, LSB
first

235 Reports the number of micro arcs per second. 1 4


report micro Send 1 data byte.
arc density
• Byte 0 = 82 (report micro arc count per
subcommand second)
82
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = External arc count, LSB
first

4-112 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
235 Reports the number of hard arcs per second. 1 4
report hard Send 1 data byte.
arc density
• Byte 0 = 83 (report hard arc count per second)
subcommand
83 Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 through 3 = External arc count, LSB
first

235 Reports minimum and maximum VARC sense 1 4


report valid levels in volts. These values represent the ranges
range of of allowed values used with command 82, B0 = 7
VARC sense and command 10.
level Send 1 data byte.
subcommand • Byte 0 = 162 (report valid range of VARC
162 sense level)
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Minimum threshold (V), LSB
first
• Bytes 2 and 3 = Maximum threshold (V), LSB
first

235 Reports minimum and maximum IARC sense 1 4


report valid level percentage limits. These values represent the
range of IARC range of allowed values when setting IARC sense
sense level level (command 82, B0 = 8)
subcommand Send 1 data byte.
163 • Byte 0 = 163 (report valid range of IARC
sense level in percent of current range)
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = Minimum sense level (%)
• Byte 1 = 0
• Byte 2 = Maximum sense level (%)
• Byte 3 = 0

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-113


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
235 Report the minimum and maximum micro arc 1 4
report valid detect mask time in microseconds. The values
range of micro represent the minimum and maximum values use
arc detect with command 82 (B0 = 3).
mask time Send 1 data byte.
subcommand • Byte 0 = 164 (report valid range for micro arc
164 detect mask time)
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Byte 0 = Minimum mask time
• Byte 1 = Reserved
• Byte 2 = Maximum mask time
• Byte 3 = Reserved

235 Reports the maximum value for the hard arc count 1 4
report limit.
maximum Send 1 data byte.
hard arc count
limit • Byte 0 = 166 (report maximum hard arc count
limit)
subcommand
166 Returns 4 data bytes (32 bit value) = Maximum
hard arc count limit.
235 Reports minimum and maximum arc window 1 4
report valid duration values in 10 ms counts. The values
range of arc represent the ranges of allowed times to be used
window with command 82 (B0 = 12).
duration Send 1 data byte.
subcommand • Byte 0 = 167 (report valid range of arc
167 window duration)
Returns 4 data bytes.
• Bytes 0 and 1= Minimum arc window
duration (10 ms), LSB first
• Bytes 2 and 3 = Maximum arc window
duration (10 ms), LSB first

4-114 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
235 Reports the minimum and maximum micro arc 1 4
report valid suppression times in μs.
range of micro Send 1 data byte.
arc
suppression • Byte 0 = 174 (report valid range of micro arc
time suppression time)

subcommand Returns 4 data bytes.


174
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Minimum micro arc
suppression time (μs), LSB first
• Bytes 2 and 3 = Maximum micro arc
suppression time (μs), LSB first

235 Reports the minimum and maximum hard arc 1 4


report valid suppression times in μs.
range of hard Send 1 data byte.
arc
suppression • Byte 0 = 175 (report valid range of hard arc
time suppression time)

subcommand Returns 4 data bytes.


175
• Bytes 0 and 1 = Minimum hard arc
suppression time (μs), LSB first
• Bytes 2 and 3 = Maximum hard arc
suppression time (μs), LSB first

235 Reports the minimum and maximum arc profile 1 4


report valid index values. Minimum value is always 0.
range of arc Send 1 data byte.
profile
indexes • Byte 0 = 180 (report valid range of arc profile
indexes)
subcommand
180 Returns 4 bytes:
• Byte 0 = 0
• Byte 1 = 0
• Bytes 2 and 3 = Maximum index value, LSB
first

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-115


Advanced Energy

Table 4-25. AE Host commands (Continued)


Command Description Data Bytes Data Bytes
Sent Returned
238 Reports the present set point and regulation mode 0 5
report set in 32-bit format. Use it to report the values set with
point and command 78.
regulation Returns 5 data bytes.
mode
• Bytes 0 through 3 = Set point for the active
regulation mode (W, V, or 0.01 A)
• Byte 4 = Regulation mode.
◦ 6 = Power
◦ 7 = Voltage
◦ 8 = Current
Set these values with command 78.
239 Reports the present set point and regulation mode 0 5
report set in 32-bit format. Use it to report the values set with
point in command 79.
uniform units Returns 5 data bytes.
and
regulation • Bytes 0 through 3 = Set point for the active
mode regulation mode (0.1 W, 0. 1V, or 0.1 A)
• Byte 4 = Regulation mode.
◦ 6 = Power
◦ 7 = Voltage
◦ 8 = Current
Set these values with command 79.

REMOTE ACTIVE PANEL


The Ascent power supply provides a communication interface through the Remote port.
This interface allows you to monitor and control the unit through a remote active panel.

Remote Active Panel Connector


To connect the Ascent power supply to the remote active panel, remove the cover from
the the 9-pin, male, subminiature-D connector labeled Remote on the rear of the power
supply, then make the connection.

4-116 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

1051

Figure 4-18. Remote active panel connector

Remote Active Panel Port Pin Descriptions

Pin Description
1 Do not connect
2 Do not connect
3 Do not connect
4 Do not connect
5 Ground
6 TR-
7 TR+
8 R-
9 R+

Understanding the Remote Active Panel


The remote active panel includes several components:
• Soft keys
◦ On/Off
◦ Control and Regulation
◦ Unlabeled
• Modify knob
• Two-line display screen
• ON and OFF LEDs
• ARC LED
• Control LEDs (Local, Host, and User)
• Regulation LEDs (Power, Current, and Voltage)
Using this panel, you can control every aspect of Ascent unit operation.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-117


Advanced Energy

UNDERSTANDING THE LABELED SOFT KEYS AND LEDS

The remote active panel uses several soft keys, some of which have related LEDs:
• On/Off
• Control/Regulation
• Unlabeled
The remote active panel also includes an ARC LED.
The following sections describe these features.

On/Off Soft Keys and LEDs


The On and Off soft keys turn unit output on and off:
• On soft key turns output power on if the control panel has control of the on/off
function and all interlock conditions are satisfied.
When system power is connected, the system takes approximately 16 seconds to
reach steady state. Before the system reaches steady state, the on function is
disabled.
• Off soft key turns output power off.
Note: The Off soft key turns output off no matter which interface is currently
controlling the unit.
The ON and OFF LEDs on the remote active panel reflect whether output is on or off.

Control Soft Key and LEDs


The Control soft key selects how you control the unit.
• Local control mode allows you to control the unit through the control panel
interface. This selection relinquishes control from the serial port or User port.
• Host control mode allows you to control the unit with the host computer,
connected through the serial (Host) port.
• User control mode allows you to control the unit with a controller through the
User port. Select user control only when a user interface card is installed in the
unit.
To change the control interface, you must turn output power off before making your
selection. Otherwise, the unit continues to operate in the control mode selected when
you initially turned output on.
The control LEDs indicate the active control mode.

Regulation Soft Key and LEDs


The Regulation soft key selects the method of output regulation:
• Power (watts)
• Current (amps)

4-118 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

• Voltage (volts)
This soft key works when you have selected Local control mode.
The regulation LEDs indicate the active regulation mode.

ARC LED
The behavior of the ARC LED varies depending on whether the unit is factory
configured for the arc limit feature and on the hard arc count settings. (AE Host
command 160 reports whether the unit has the arc limit feature. AE Host command
82. B0 = 11 sets the hard arc count limit.)
☞ Important
The behavior of the ARC LED is the same as the behavior of the ARC.D signal
on the User port.
If the unit is not factory configured for the arc limit feature:
• When the hard arc count limit is set to a nonzero value, the unit tracks the number
of hard arcs during the run. When the unit receives an output off command, if the
limit has been exceeded during the run, the ARC LED lights momentarily.
• If the hard arc count limit is set to zero, each time the unit detects a hard arc, the
ARC LED lights momentarily and the ARC.D signal on the User port becomes
momentarily active.
For units that are factory configured with the arc limit fault feature, you can use the
hard arc count limit parameter in combination with the arc window duration window
to specify the number of hard arcs (the hard arc count limit) that can occur over a period
of time. If the arc count exceeds that level during the period of time specified by the arc
window duration (if the arc limit fault feature is enabled), the unit turns output off and
the ARC LED lights.

UNDERSTANDING THE MODIFY KNOB

The remote active panel includes a rotating knob labeled Modify. Use the Modify knob
to select or modify values that appear on the two-line display when setting a specific
operating parameter for your unit. When a value flashes on the display screen, you can
change it by turning the Modify knob.
You can also use the Modify knob to move quickly through the menus. Press the
Modify knob once to move up (or back) one level in the menu. Quickly press the knob
twice to exit the menu options and display the top-level output display information.

UNDERSTANDING THE DISPLAY SCREEN

When you first supply power to the unit, a two-line output display screen displays
specific operation information.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-119


Advanced Energy

Readback Clock ID Clock

Set point source Set point Menu access

End of target life

Figure 4-19. Two-line output display information on a control panel

Readbacks
The following readback information appears on the top line of the display (left to right):
• Voltage readback (in volts)
• Current readback (in amps)
• Power readback (in watts)

Clock Information
The following clock information appears in the top line of the display (left to right).
This field identifies the current function of the power supply as well as serves as a clock
function.
• RMP: Output is on and ramping
• RUN: Output is on and the clock shows the elapsed time
• OFF: Output is off and the clock shows the last run time
• Unit clock

Set Point Source and Value


The following set point information appears on the bottom line of the display (left to
right):
• Set point source (i = internal, e = external)
• Set point value

Warning Field (EOTL or ARCL)


EOTL flashes when the end of target life is reached, or ARCL flashes when the arc
count limit is reached. This warning feature is active only when the target life feature
is enabled or the arc count limit is greater than 0.

4-120 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

UNDERSTANDING UNLABELED SOFT KEYS

Unlabeled Soft Keys


The remote active panel includes five soft keys across the bottom of the display screen.
These keys perform the function of the menu item displayed immediately above them
on the display screen.
For example, if the display screen is showing the main menu (SERVICE/SUPPLY/
PROCESS), the soft key directly under SERVICE accesses SERVICE menu items,
the soft key directly under SUPPLY accesses SUPPLY menu items, and the soft key
directly under PROCESS accesses PROCESS menu items. As you select a menu
option, the screen displays new menu options. For example, press the soft key under
PROCESS to access the available PROCESS options (such as Monitor, Limits, Arc,
or Control).
If the display shows no menu option above a soft key, that soft key has no current
function.
In documenting specific tasks, we refer to the soft key by the menu option displayed
directly above the key. For example, we instruct you to press the ARC soft key when
ARC is the menu choice directly above that particular key.
When the output display screen is displaying top-level operation information, press the
MODIFY knob once to display the main menu options: SERVICE, SUPPLY, and
PROCESS.

Remote Active Panel Menus


The remote active panel allows you to access menus and to make menu selections. When
a menu selection causes the display to show a parameter, you can use the remote active
panel to set the parameter value.

ACCESSING THE MAIN MENU

When you connect the remote active panel, it shows top-level operation information on
the display screen.

To Access the Main Menu and Other Menus


1. Press the right-most soft key under the display screen.
The following menu selections appear:
• SERVICE: This menu key accesses diagnostic information.
• SUPPLY: This menu key accesses supply-specific parameters.
• PROCESS: This menu key accesses options that affect or monitor your process.
2. Press a soft key to cause another level of menu choices to display.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-121


Advanced Energy

For example, pressing the PROCESS soft key displays the next menu level:
MONITOR, LIMITS, ARC, and CONTROL).
As you make your menu selection, the menu path displays on the top line of the
output display screen in the upper, left-hand corner of the display screen.
To cancel your menu selections, press the MODIFY knob until you reach the desired
menu level or the top-level operation information.

SELECTING PARAMETERS AND MODIFYING VALUES

To change parameters using the remote active panel menus, the Ascent unit must be in
local control mode (the Local LED is lit).

To Select a Parameter to Modify and Set a New Value


1. Press the soft key immediately under the menu item you want to select.
2. Repeat step 1 until the display shows a parameter that you want to set.
A parameter flashes if it can be modified by rotating the Modify knob.
3. Rotate the Modify knob to set the parameter value.
4. Press the Enter soft key to save your changes into the unit’s nonvolatile memory.
You can press the Modify knob at any time to cancel what you are doing and leave
the parameter unchanged.

☞ Important
If a fault exists or the panel is locked, the soft keys are locked out until you clear
the fault, enter the locking code, or unlock the panel.

Service Menu: Viewing System Diagnostics and Versions


To view diagnostics and software versions of your supply, access the SERVICE menu
on the control panel display screen. This menu offers several options:
• STATS: supply statistics
• I/O: status of I/O ports
• MEMORY: ROM CRC checksums
• SW_REV: software revision numbers

Supply Menu: Modifying Operating Parameters


To modify various operating parameters for the power supply, access the SUPPLY
menu on the control panel display screen.
The SUPPLY menu includes several options:

4-122 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

• AEBUS: Set the AE Bus time-out value.


• DEFAULTS: Set the unit to use the default settings for operation.
• PGM_SRC: Select the program source for the unit’s control mode settings.
• SIZE: Set a total master/slave system size in kW.

Process Menu: Setting System Limits


To access parameters that control, limit, or monitor system operation, access the
PROCESS menu on the control panel display screen.
The PROCESS menu includes these options:
• MONITOR: Monitor your process.
• LIMITS: Set limits.
• ARC: Set arc parameters.
• CONTROL: Set process control parameters.

57000083-00E Communication Controls 4-123


Advanced Energy

4-124 Communication Controls 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply Chapter

5
Installation, Setup, and
Operation
PREPARING TO INSTALL THE UNIT

Spacing Requirements

DANGER:
RISK OF DEATH OR BODILY INJURY. Disconnect and lockout/tagout all
sources of input power before working on this unit or anything connected to it.

When installing the Ascent power supply in an enclosure, provide the following
clearances around the unit for adequate air flow, rear panel cable connections, and user
access to the unit:
• The clearance between either side of the unit and the enclosure should exceed
76 mm (3″).
• The clearance between the top or bottom of the unit and the top or bottom of the
enclosure should exceed 76 mm (3″).
• The clearance between the back face of the fans of the unit and the enclosure
should exceed 203.2 mm (8″).
• The clearance between the front of the unit and the enclosure should exceed
203.2 mm (8″).

Dimensional Drawings
The following figures show Ascent power supply reference dimensions: front, side, top,
and rear views.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-1


Advanced Energy

190.51 mm
7.50"
133.40 mm 265.91 mm
5.25" 10.47"
57.20 mm
2.25"

37.69 mm
1.48"

463.55 mm
9.53 mm
18.25" 3628
0.38"
482.60 mm
19.00"

Figure 5-1. Ascent power supply dimensions, front view

5-2 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Input power cord grip 45°


Dual output cable clamp

Output strain relief cover


interlock connector

2X Lifting eyes

Ø19.05 mm
0.75"

45.0 mm
4.79 mm 1.77"
0.19"
150.0 mm 57.96 mm
5.91" 2.28"
3629

Figure 5-2. Ascent power supply dimensions, side view (shown with dual output cable clamp)

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-3


Advanced Energy

431.8 mm
17.0"

98.47 mm
3.88"

743.8 mm
29.28"

585.8 mm
23.1"

3630 3.18 mm
0.125"

Figure 5-3. Ascent power supply dimensions, top view

5-4 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Negative output Negative output Logic section and digital Profibus


M10 stud M10 stud interface connections personality card

Output cover
interlock
connector NEGATIVE POSITIVE
OUTPUT OUTPUT
POWER POWER

Dual output
cable clamp
WATER
INLET

WATER
OUTLET
M10 GND STUD

3631

M10 Unit ground stud Water connectors Air exhaust fan Input power cord grip

Figure 5-4. Ascent power supply rear view (shown with dual output cable clamp)

Installation Requirements
Install this unit according to the following requirements.

DANGER:
RISK OF DEATH OR BODILY INJURY. Disconnect and lockout/tagout all
sources of input power before working on this unit or anything connected to it.

WARNING:
Maintenance personnel must receive proper training before installing,
troubleshooting, or maintaining high-energy electrical equipment. Potentially
lethal voltages could cause death, serious personal injury, or damage to the
equipment. Ensure that all appropriate safety precautions are taken.

CAUTION:
This equipment is intended for use with a single source of three-phase power
with all phases vectored at 120º angles ± 5º. If the equipment is used with an
uninterruptable power supply (UPS), or other type of power conditioner, the
user is responsible to guarantee the safety and EMC performance of the entire
system.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-5


Advanced Energy

Cooling Requirements
To provide sufficient cooling for the Ascent power supply, you need to set up both air
and water cooling.

AIR COOLING
To supply the Ascent power supply with sufficient air cooling, you need to set it up so
that it can perform these tasks:
• Draw air through the front grill with no obstructions.
• Bring in coolant air of the correct temperature: 10°C ( 50°F) to 40°C (104°F)
maximum.
• Exhaust the hot air from the unit with minimal airflow restriction.
• Prevent air exhaust from the unit from circulating and becoming input air.
If you are installing more than one unit in a rack, be sure that coolant air moves through
each power supply.

WATER COOLING
To supply the Ascent power supply with sufficient water cooling, you need to set up
the water cooling to meet these criteria:
• Connect to the water supply without leaks.
• Water flow, pressure, and temperature must meet specifications (see cooling
specifications).
• Water temperature must always be above dew point.

CAUTION:
If you connect the cooling water on multiple units in series, be sure that input
water temperature to all units is less than the maximum input water
temperature.

Unpacking the Unit


Your Ascent power supply arrives in a cardboard box banded to a pallet. The box
consists of a base, on which the unit sits, and a box body. Three plastic latches per side
and two plastic latches per end hold the body to the base.
This section provides the recommended procedure for unpacking the unit.

REQUIREMENTS
• Cutting pliers

5-6 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

• Forklift or ceiling hoist


• Four chains or four straps
• Blocks to set unit on
The blocks must be high enough that forklift blades can slide under the unit.

TO UNPACK THE UNIT


1. Using cutting pliers, cut the bands holding the box to the pallet.
2. Remove the box containing the unit.
a. Squeeze the plastic latches at the bottom of the box (3 on each side, 2 on each
end) and remove them.

Handles

Box body

Latches

Rear panel
Latches cover

Box base

Figure 5-5. Latch and handle locations


b. Using the handles (2 on each side of the box), lift the box body off the box
base.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-7


Advanced Energy

c. Remove the packing material from the top of the unit.


d. Remove the rear panel cover (cardboard packing).

☞ Important
Keep the latches, the box body, the rear panel cover, and all other packing
materials for reuse.
3. Attach chains or straps to the forklift or ceiling hoist.
4. Attach one chain or strap to each corner of the unit.

☞ Important
Attach the chains or straps to the lifting hooks on the rear of the unit and
to the handles on the front of the unit. Be sure to attach a chain or strap to
all four corners.
5. Lift the unit out of the box base.
6. Set the unit on blocks under the unit edges.
Make sure the blocks are high enough that forklift blades can slide under the unit.
7. Release the chains or straps from the unit.
8. Inspect the unit carefully, looking for obvious physical damage.
If no damage is apparent, proceed with the unit installation and setup. If you do
see signs of shipping damage, contact Advanced Energy and the carrier
immediately. Save the shipping container for submitting necessary claims to the
carrier.

Lifting and Moving the Unit

CAUTION:
Personnel should never stand beneath a suspended load for any reason.

When lifting the Ascent power supply, use lifting equipment attached to all four lifting
points: the two lifting eyes located at the back of the unit and the handles at the front
of the unit.
☞ Important
When moving the Ascent power supply, make sure that the lifting equipment is
attached to the handles. The handles are not intended to be used as hand grips
when moving the unit.
The weight of the power supply is approximately 61.5 kg (136 lb).

5-8 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

INSTALLING THE UNIT

Mounting the Unit in a Rack


You can mount the Ascent power supply in a 482 mm (19″) rack. We recommend
mounting all units in a master/slave system in a common, electrically conductive rack
to reduce electrical noise between units.
This section provides the recommended procedure for mounting the unit.

REQUIREMENTS
• Phillips screwdriver
• Mounting hardware
• Forklift

TO MOUNT THE UNIT IN A RACK


1. Make sure the rack is clear of obstructions.
2. Remove the unit input and output strain relief covers from the rear panel.
3. Slide the forklift blade under the unit and lift the unit.
4. Move the unit to the rack.
Mount the first unit at the bottom of the rack, and then mount additional units from
the bottom up.
5. Carefully slide the unit into the rack, leaving about 2.5 cm (1″) between the front
of the rack and the front of the unit.
6. Remove the forklift blade.
7. Manually slide the unit the remainder of the distance into the rack.
8. Using the Phillips screwdriver, attach the mounting hardware.
When you have secured the unit to the rack, you can continue installing the unit.

Grounding

WARNING:
Do not attempt to turn on power until the chassis of the unit is tied to a local
earth ground through a copper grounding strap that is sized in accordance with
applicable requirements.

• Make a suitable chassis ground connection to the ground stud (M10 stud) on the
back panel below the line power connection.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-9


Advanced Energy

Connecting Cooling Water


To connect water to the Ascent power supply, you need these items:
• The unit uses brass female 1/2″ NPT water fittings. You need the appropriate male
water fittings to connect water to the unit.
• 0.003″ thick x ½″ wide Teflon (PTFE) tape
• Torque wrench

WARNING:
A temporary conductivity caused by condensation may occur when the device
is not operating. Operate only in noncondensing environments.

CAUTION:
Do not use de-ionized water for cooling purposes. De-ionized water causes
both corrosion and erosion of cooling manifolds.

CAUTION:
Avoid electrically conductive cooling water (such as salty or rusty water), which
can compromise the isolation of electrically active components. See the cooling
specification section of the user manual for maximum allowable contaminate
specifications.

TO CONNECT COOLING WATER


1. Apply 0.003″ thick x ½″ wide Teflon (PTFE) tape to the male threads of the
mating fitting.
a. Begin wrapping the tape around the second thread from the end of fitting.
b. Wrap in a clockwise direction so that when you install the fitting, the tape will
not come off.
c. Be sure to wrap the tape tightly enough that it conforms to the threads of the
fitting, and wind 3 to 4 wraps of the tape around the fitting.
2. Thread the male fitting into the water manifold on the back of the Ascent power
supply and hand tighten.
3. Using a torque wrench, tighten the fitting.
a. Torque the fitting to a maximum of 23 Nm (203.7 in-lb).
b. The fitting should rotate 2 to 3 revolutions past the hand tightened position.
4. Ensure that the water supply pressure does not exceed 6.75 bar (662 KPa, 96 psi).
5. Turn the water on and examine the fittings and connections for any leaks.
a. If leaks are not present, continue installing the unit.

5-10 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

b. If leaks are present, remove the fittings, inspect and clean the threads, and then
repeat this procedure.
c. If leaks are still present after the second installation, contact AE Global
Services.

Connecting Output Power

OUTPUT CONNECTOR

DANGER:
For safety compliance, when configuring for floating output do not allow the
maximum voltage at either connection of the output connector terminals to
exceed 1200 V to 1500 V with respect to ground.

The Ascent power supply uses a two-terminal, ring lug output connector (with M10
bolts). The connector ships with an output cover that provides safety when the unit is
operating.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-11


Advanced Energy

M10 studs for output


cable connection

M10 ground stud

Copper bus bars

Figure 5-6. Output connector (configured with single output cable clamp for 40 kW
power supply)

CABLING REQUIREMENTS

We recommend you use a UL-type cable for the output connection. For EMC
compliance, use shielded output cables between the Ascent power supply and your
chamber. Connect the shield termination to the chassis at the rear of the Ascent power
supply. In addition to EMC compliance, using shielded output cables minimizes the
system noise from chamber arcs and takes full advantage of the improved process rate
of the power supply.
The output connection requires an output cable that meets the requirements of your local
electrical code. Each terminal connection requires an M10 ring lug connector.
☞ Important
Advanced Energy Industries, Inc. does not include the output cable with the
Ascent power supply.

5-12 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

☞ Important
The dual output cable clamp for the 40 kW and the 60 kW power supply requires
that output cables have a maximum diameter of 40.64 mm (1.60″) and a minimum
diameter of 33.27 mm (1.31″).

TO CONNECT OUTPUT POWER

1. Verify that all sources of input power are locked out/tagged out.
2. Cut the output cable to the desired length.
3. Remove the strain relief box to expose the two-terminal output connector. Use a
#2 Phillips screwdriver to remove the cover screws.
4. Do the following for each cable connection:
a. Strip approximately 60 mm (2.36″) of insulation from the end of the power
cord.
b. Separate the wires and strip approximately 10 mm (0.4″) of insulation from
each wire.

60 mm
2.36

10 mm
.39
3156

5. Secure the M10 ring lugs to the stripped ends of each wire.
6. To secure the cable connections to the terminal do the following:
a. Remove the M10 nuts from the terminal connections.
b. Secure positive cable connections to the positive (+) terminal connections on
the power supply. Torque each connection according to local electrical code
up to a maximum of 32 Nm (280 in-lb).
c. Secure the negative cable connections to the negative (-) terminal connections
on the power supply. Torque each connection according to local electrical code
up to a maximum of 32 Nm (280 in-lb).
d. Secure the cable shielding to the ground stud next to the terminal connections
on the power supply.
7. Place the cover over the output assembly, feeding the unattached end of the output
cables through the strain relief opening.
8. Before securing the output cover, verify that the two pins of the shorting bar
(located on the side of the output cover) insert into the dual jack mount (red) on
the back of the unit.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-13


Advanced Energy

9. Replace and tighten the cover screws.

CONFIGURING OUTPUT FOR SPUTTERING APPLICATIONS

If configuring your unit for a sputtering application, you must connect your unit for
negative output (negative voltage with respect to ground).
1. Connect the negative terminals on the output connector to the chamber cathode.
2. Connect the positive terminals on the output connector to the chamber anode.
3. Connect the chamber to safety ground with wire that can carry the full output
current of all connected power supplies in accordance with your local electrical
code.

Connecting Input Power

INPUT CONNECTOR

The Ascent power supply requires a 360 VAC to 440 VAC, three-phase, 50 Hz to 60
Hz input voltage. You connect the AC line input to the five terminal, M10 ring lug
connector located on the rear panel of the unit. Labels on the input terminal shield
identify the line (L3, L2, L1), neutral (N), and Protective Earth (ground) connections.
You are not required to make a neutral input connection. However, if a neutral wire
exists for the cable connection, connect it to the N terminal.
☞ Important
Common practice is to ensure that the power line used can supply at a minimum
25% more current than the total ampacity of all current-carrying conductors as
based on the current rating of the overcurrent protection device that protects it.

L1 L2 L3 N

2742

Figure 5-7. Input power connector

5-14 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

INPUT POWER CABLING REQUIREMENTS

To make the input power connection, use a stranded wire with a gauge consistent with
your application and applicable requirements. Use wire sized according to local
electrical code.
☞ Important
Advanced Energy Industries, Inc., does not include the input cable with the
Ascent power supply.

TO CONNECT INPUT POWER

DANGER:
RISK OF DEATH OR BODILY INJURY. Disconnect and lockout/tagout all
sources of input power before working on this unit or anything connected to it.

WARNING:
This device must be installed so that the input power connection is inaccessible
to the user.

CAUTION:
This equipment is intended for use with a single source of three-phase power
with all phases vectored at 120º angles ± 5º. If the equipment is used with an
uninterruptable power supply (UPS), or other type of power conditioner, the
user is responsible to guarantee the safety and EMC performance of the entire
system.

1. Verify that all sources of input power are locked out/tagged out.
2. Remove approximately 60 mm (2.4″) to 70 mm (2.8″) of outer jacket insulation
from the end of the input power cable.
3. Separate the wires and cut the wires for L1, L2, and L3 approximately 20 mm
(0.8″) to 26 mm (1″) shorter than the ground wire (the green wire).
4. Strip approximately 10 mm (0.4″) of the insulation from each wire.
5. Remove the strain relief box. Use a Phillips screwdriver to remove the cover
screws.
6. Feed the cable through the strain relief.
7. Secure the M10 ring lugs to the stripped ends of each wire.
8. Connect each wire to the appropriate terminal connection.
9. Tighten the nuts to secure each input connection. Torque each input terminal
screw up to a maximum of 32 Nm (280 in-lb).
10. Place the strain relief box over the input assembly and replace and tighten cover
screws.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-15


Advanced Energy

Setting Up a Master/Slave System—Overview


A master/slave system can include as many as 13 units: 1 master and up to 12 slaves.
☞ Important
The 30 kW unit cannot be used as a master supply in a master/slave system.
The following list provides an overview of the procedures that must be completed to
set up a master/slave system.
1. Ensure proper grounding for all units in the system.
2. Connect master/slave links.
3. As necessary, install or remove termination plugs.
4. Configure one unit as the master.
5. Configure all remaining units as slaves.
6. Complete the master/slave system setup.
7. If desired, set the required system size.

Related Links
• “Connecting Master/Slave Links” on page 5-16
• “Installing or Removing a Termination Plug” on page 5-18
• “Setting Up a Unit as Master, Slave, or Stand-Alone” on page 5-20
• “Completing the Master/Slave System Setup” on page 5-21
• “Setting the System Size” on page 5-21

CONNECTING MASTER/SLAVE LINKS

A master/slave system allows you to connect as many as 13 units, linking them together
with shielded Cat5e cable using RJ45 connectors. In a system with more than one slave
unit, the master unit resides at the center of the daisy chain with slaves at either end.

Required Materials
• Ascent power supplies—as many as needed for the intended master/slave system
• Master/slave cable (shielded Cat5e cable with RJ45 connectors)—one cable for
each slave unit.

To Connect Master/Slave Units

DANGER:
RISK OF DEATH OR BODILY INJURY. Disconnect and lockout/tagout all
sources of input power before working on this unit or anything connected to it.

1. Remove all AC input power from the master and all slave units.

5-16 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

2. Using a Cat5e cable, connect an M/S Link port on the master with an M/S
Link port on the first slave unit.
3. If the system includes more than one slave unit, using a Cat5e cable, connect the
second M/S Link port on the master with an M/S Link port on the second slave
unit.
4. Using a Cat5e cable, connect the second M/S Link port on each slave unit to an
M/S Link port on the next slave unit.
5. As needed, install or remove the termination plug on each unit.

Master

M/S Link M/S Link

M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link

Slave 1 Slave 2

M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link

Slave 3 Slave 4

M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link

Slave 5 Slave 6

3028

Figure 5-8. An example of a master/slave daisy chain

Inter-Unit Synchronization Port Pin Descriptions

The following table provides the signal name and description for each pin in the master/
slave inter-unit synchronization port of the Ascent power supply. The master/slave
inter-unit synchronization port allows you to interconnect and synchronize up to 13

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-17


Advanced Energy

units during operation, linking them together with shielded Cat5e cable using RJ45
connectors.
☞ Important
The pin descriptions in the following table apply to each connector in the master/
slave synchronization interface.

Table 5-1. Inter-unit synchronization port pin descriptions


Pin Name Description
Number
1 -ARC LINK Negative signal line
2 +ARC LINK Positive signal line
3 +SETPOINT Positive pin used for communication of set point
between master and slave systems
4 –FAULT Negative pin used for communication of fault
status between power supplies in a master/slave
system
5 +FAULT Positive pin used for communication of a fault
between power supplies in a master/slave system
6 –SETPOINT Negative pin used for communication of set point
between master and slave supplies
7 -CONFIG/STATUS Negative configuration and status pin for master/
slave system
8 +CONFIG/STATUS Positive configuration and status pin for master/
slave system

INSTALLING OR REMOVING A TERMINATION PLUG

The factory installs a termination plug into the termination slot (labeled Termination)
on the Ascent power supply rear panel. You must remove the plug if you connect a unit
into a master/slave system in one of the following positions:
• Slave that is not at either end of a master/slave system of three units or more.
• Master that is in the center of a system of three units or more.

5-18 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Remove plug: Master is center of


master/slave system with 3 or more units

Master

M/S Link M/S Link

M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link

Slave 1 Slave 2

Remove plug: Slaves


between two other
slaves in the system

M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link

Slave 3 Slave 4

M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link M/S Link

Slave 5 Slave 6

3633

Plugs: Slaves at ends of master/slave system

Figure 5-9. Locations for termination plugs in master/slave system

If you have a master/slave system with one master and one slave, you must ensure that
both units have a termination plug. If you install a unit at the end of a master/slave unit,
and if you have previously removed the termination plug, you must re-install the plug.
Also, if you use a master unit as a stand-alone unit, you must ensure that a termination
plug is installed.

Required Tools
Phillips screwdriver

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-19


Advanced Energy

To Install or Remove the Termination Plug


1. Remove all input power from the master and slave units.
2. On the rear panel of the unit, use the Phillips screwdriver to remove the M3 screw
attaching the termination plug cover to the panel. Set the screw and cover aside
for later use.
Termination plug cover M3 Screw

Interlock

M/S
Link
M/S Link M/S Link Termination Address

3634

Figure 5-10. M3 screw and termination plug cover


3. Do one of the following:
• To install, insert the termination plug into the Termination slot.
• To remove, gently pull the termination plug out of its slot.
4. Position the termination plug cover.
5. Replace and tighten the M3 screw that attaches the termination plug cover to the
rear panel. Torque the screw to 0.678 Nm (6 in-lb).

SETTING UP A UNIT AS MASTER, SLAVE, OR STAND-ALONE

Ascent units are defined as master, slave, or stand-alone by the master/slave address.
This address is set with the master/slave Address switch on the rear panel of the Ascent
power supply. The following table shows the available settings and addresses.

Table 5-2. Master/slave/stand-alone address settings


Unit Address
Master 0
Slave 1 through E
Stand-alone F

5-20 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

When setting up a master/slave system, after completing master/slave termination and


cabling, you need to set the master and slave unit addresses. Each slave requires a unique
address.
If you are setting up stand-alone units with synchronized arc suppression (Arc-Sync
operation), all units will need to have the master/slave address set to F for stand-alone
operation. Systems containing multiple stand-alone units interconnected for Arc-Sync
operation have the same termination requirements as master/slave slave systems, and
the end units in the daisy chained system should be terminated.

Required Tools
Small flat head screwdriver.

To Set Up a Unit as a Master, Slave, or Stand-Alone Unit


1. Remove all AC input power from all units.
2. Using the screwdriver, adjust the master/slave/stand-alone Address switch on the
rear panel of the Ascent power supply.
Unit addresses on the address switch are in hexadecimal numbers.

COMPLETING THE MASTER/SLAVE SYSTEM SETUP

After you have set up the master/slave system and set all unit addresses, follow these
steps.
1. Turn on power to all units.
2. Set the required system size (optional) on the master unit.

SETTING THE SYSTEM SIZE

Use this feature to set the required system size in kW. You can use this feature to detect
units that are missing in a master/slave system—for example, units that are not turned
on or that are not functioning. If the actual size does not match the required system size,
the unit will report a fault and prevent the master/slave system from turning on.
The valid range of settings is from 0 kW to 1000 kW with 0 kW being the default. You
can adjust the size value in 2 kW increments. If you set any nonzero value, the master
unit detects the actual system size, compares it to the required system size and, if the
two values do not match, issues fault E6008 (INCORRECT M/S SYSTEM SIZE).
Setting the required system size to zero disables the system size test.
1. Press SUPPLY→ SIZE.
2. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the size of your master/slave system.
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-21


Advanced Energy

Connecting I/O and Auxiliary Connectors

DANGER:
RISK OF DEATH OR BODILY INJURY. Disconnect and lockout/tagout all
sources of input power before working on this unit or anything connected to it.

CAUTION:
Do not connect any power to this unit without first connecting cooling water and
ensuring there are no leaks.

Depending on your process and the Ascent unit configuration, connect one or more of
the I/O or auxiliary ports.
You must install either cable connectors or interlock covers to allow the generator to
operate.

Table 5-3. I/O and auxiliary ports


Port Description For More Information,
See ...
User Allows analog/digital communication through 37-Pin User Port
voltage signals
RS232/485 (back Allows serial communications with a host AE Bus (Host) Interface
panel) computer using AE Bus communications
protocol
Service (front Allows serial communications with a host Service Interface
panel) computer using PowerView software or the
AE Bus communications protocol
Ethernet Allows digital communication with a host Ethernet Interface
computer using the Ethernet protocol
Remote Allows communicating with and controlling Remote Active Panel
the Ascent power supply through a remote
active panel
Profibus Allows communication with the Ascent power PROFIBUS Interface
supply from a PROFIBUS master using the
PROFIBUS protocol

SETTING THE PROGRAM SOURCE

The PGM_SRC option specifies the program source for each control mode—the
regulation mode and set point information. You can set the program source to be internal
or external for HOST, LOCAL, and USER. If you set HOST or LOCAL to internal
control, the power supply uses the remote active panel or serial port settings you enter

5-22 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

for output regulation mode and set point. If you set USER to external control, the power
supply uses the set point and output regulation mode settings established via the User
port pin settings.
☞ Important
Changing these settings requires a User card installed in the unit.
1. Press SUPPLY→ PGM_SRC.
HOST, LOCAL, and USER options appear.
2. Press the soft key below each option to toggle between internal (INT) and external
(EXT).
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

CONNECTING A REMOTE ACTIVE PANEL

To connect the Ascent power supply to the remote active panel, use the 9-pin, male,
subminiature-D connector labeled Remote on the rear of your power supply. When
connecting a remote active panel, only use AE control panels. The remote active panel
is hot pluggable.
Electrostatic discharge may damage the Remote port. AE ships the Ascent power
supply with a covered screen cap on the Remote port.

To Connect the Remote Active Panel


1. Turn off AC input power to the Ascent power supply.
2. Using proper electrostatic discharge (ESD) precautions, remove the covered
screen cap from the Remote port connector on the power supply.

☞ Important
Be sure to reattach the covered screen cap securely to the Remote
connector whenever the remote active panel is not in use. For replacement
covered screen caps, contact AE Global Services.
3. Connect the cable from the remote active panel to the Remote connector on the
Ascent power supply.

SETTING THE AE BUS TIME-OUT

You can set the AE Bus time-out value in 10 ms increments. We recommend you keep
this value as small as possible to speed up error recovery. For example, most computers
running Microsoft Windows require at least a 200 ms time-out setting.
1. Press SUPPLY→ AE BUS.
2. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-23


Advanced Energy

FIRST TIME OPERATION

Before operating the Ascent power supply for the first time, complete the steps that are
summarized below. You should adapt this list to your Ascent power supply
configuration and your application, environment, and requirements.

To Operate the Unit for the First Time


1. Turn Ascent power supply input power on.
2. Verify the status of the power supply LEDs.

Status Description
LEDs lit The AC Input LED indicates that the unit is
receiving input power.
The Interlock LED indicates that unit interlocks
are satisfied. If the Interlock LED does not light,
a fault code should appear on the remote active
panel.
LEDs not lit The Fault LED should not light. If the Fault LED
is lit, clear the fault by sending the off command
(command 1) or by cycling power to the unit.

Use the remote active panel to complete steps 3 through 6. You can also use AE
Host commands or AE PowerView software.
3. Select the method of control.
4. Select the regulation mode.
5. Set a set point.
6. Set process-specific values (for example, joule mode and set point, ignition mode
and set point, targets and target life).
7. Verify you made the appropriate settings in steps 3 through 6 for your power
supply operation.
8. Verify all output power load conditions and connections. When the system is
ready, turn output power on. The output information on the output display screen
should accurately represent your requested set point.
9. Verify that the Output LED is lit.

Related Links
• “To Turn Input Power On” on page 5-25
• “To Select the Method of Control Using a Remote Active Panel” on page 5-25
• “To Select the Regulation Mode Using a Remote Active Panel” on page 5-25

5-24 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

• “To Enter a Set Point Using a Remote Active Panel” on page 5-26
• “Setting Process-Specific Values” on page 5-26
• “To Turn Output Power On Using a Remote Active Panel” on page 5-26

To Turn Input Power On


1. Apply AC power to the unit.
When you first turn power on, the unit responds by showing messages, lighting
LEDs on the front panel, or both. The response you see depends on the unit’s panel
— remote active panel or the front panel.
• A remote active panel allows you to control and monitor the Ascent power
supply.
• The front panel only allows you to check LEDs. You must control and enter the
necessary unit operation settings through another interface, such as a host port.
2. If no front panel LEDs light, verify that you properly connected the unit to receive
AC input power.

To Select the Method of Control Using a Remote Active Panel


You can select one of three methods of control:
• Host to control the unit through the AE Host, Service, Ethernet, or
PROFIBUS ports
• User to control the unit through the User port
• Local to control the unit with the remote active panel.
• On a remote active panel, press the Control button on the front panel until the
LED for the desired control mode lights
You can also set the method of control with host port command 14.

To Select the Regulation Mode Using a Remote Active Panel


• On the remote active panel, press the Regulation button on the front panel until
the LED indicating the desired regulation mode lights.
You can set the unit to regulate output in one of three modes:
◦ Power
◦ Current
◦ Voltage
You can also set the regulation mode with host port command 3.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-25


Advanced Energy

To Enter a Set Point Using a Remote Active Panel


1. Enter the set point modification mode by pressing the key underneath the set point
value on the panel display (the fourth green key from the left).
The unit’s indicator begins flashing the regulation mode (W = Power, V = Voltage,
and A = Current).
2. Turn the Modify knob until the panel displays the desired set point value.
3. Press the same key as before (fourth green key from the left) to save the set point
and leave the set point modification mode.
You can also enter a set point with host port command 6.

Setting Process-Specific Values


Your process may require that you enable and set one or more of the following
parameters.

Related Links
• “Joule Mode” on page 5-28
• “Recipes” on page 5-29
• “Ignition Voltage” on page 5-33
• “Target Life” on page 5-34
• “Ramp Mode” on page 5-35
• “Out-of-Set-Point Timer” on page 5-38
• “Arc Suppression” on page 5-39
• “Set Point Compensation” on page 5-37

To Turn Output Power On Using a Remote Active Panel


1. Verify that setup parameters are correct.
2. Turn output power on.
• If you are using a remote active panel, press the ON button on the panel.
• If you are not using a remote active panel, use the control interface of your
choice to turn on output power.
3. Verify that the Output LED lights.
4. Verify that the Set Point LED lights.
5. If you are using a remote active panel, check the panel for fault codes or fault
code text that may indicate issues that need to be resolved before output power
will turn on.
When you turn output power on, the unit responds by showing output information on
the remote active panel.

5-26 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

NORMAL OPERATION

Each time you turn unit power on, the Ascent power supply runs a self-diagnostics
procedure to ensure that it is performing correctly. Follow the procedures in the user
manual for first time operation the first time you operate your unit, and consult the
troubleshooting section if you have issues or problems operating the unit after following
first time operation guidelines.
You can control and monitor the Ascent power supply with one of the following tools:
• A remote active panel
• A system (user-supplied) controller
• A Windows®-based personal computer and Advanced Energy PowerView
software To order PowerView software, contact your AE sales representative.
• Another host tool software.

PROCESS LIMITS

Understanding Process Limits


Maximum power, current, and voltage output limits restrict the upper limit of the Ascent
power supply output. You can set the limits anywhere between zero and the maximum
rated output for the Ascent power supply.
It is possible to set one of these limits below a previously established set point. In this
case, the unit lowers the unit set point to comply with the new limit. However, if you
request a set point higher than an existing limit, the unit will reject the set point request.

Process Limit Parameters


The process limits are power, voltage, and current.
You can set these parameters using a remote active panel, or using a host port.
Applicable host port commands are 49, 50, and 51.

To Set the Voltage Limit Using the Remote Active Panel


1. Press PROCESS→ LIMITS→ VOLTAGE.
2. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-27


Advanced Energy

To Set the Current Limit from a Remote Active Panel


1. Press PROCESS→ LIMITS→ CURRENT.
2. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value..
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

To Set the Power Limit from a Remote Active Panel


1. Press PROCESS→ LIMITS→ POWER.
2. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value..
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

JOULE MODE

Understanding Joule Mode


Joule mode allows you to regulate Ascent power supply output by defining the number
of joules that the unit will deliver in an output-on session. In joule mode, when output
turns on, the unit begins calculating the number of joules the system puts out. When the
cumulative output reaches the joule set point, the unit shuts output off.
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, joules delivered is calculated using the output of the
entire system, not just the individual unit.

Joule Mode Parameters


Joule mode operates on two parameters:
• Unit set point—Sets the power, voltage, or current level at which the Ascent unit
will produce output.
• Joule set point—The number of joules that the unit delivers before turning output
off.
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, joules delivered is calculated using the output of
the entire system, not just the individual unit.
You can set these parameters using a remote active panel or through a host port by using
the PowerView or other software. Applicable host port commands are 4 and 5.

5-28 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Setting Joule Mode


To use the joule mode, you must enter the unit set point, enable joule mode, and then
set the joule set point.

TO SET THE JOULE MODE


1. Enter the unit set point.
2. To enable the joule mode on a remote active panel, follow these steps:
a. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ JOULES→ ENABLE.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to select the desired value.
c. Press ENTER to accept and exit.
3. To set the joule set point, follow these steps:
a. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ JOULES→ SETPT.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to select the desired value.
c. Press Enter to accept and exit.

RECIPES

Understanding Recipes
A recipe allows you to program the Ascent power supply to ramp to the unit set point
in incremental steps. You can program a recipe with one to eight steps. You can use
one of two types of recipe:
• Timed: The incremental steps are in seconds.
• Joule: The incremental steps are a number of joules (watts x seconds). You can
select one of two types of joule recipe:
◦ Joule continuous: When the unit completes one step, it automatically progresses
to the next step.
◦ Joule discrete: The unit does not automatically progress from step to step. When
the unit completes one step, it turns output off. To proceed to the next step, you
must turn output on.

☞ Important
In a master/slave system, joules delivered is calculated using the output of the
entire system, not just the individual unit.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-29


Advanced Energy

Do not confuse joule recipes with joule mode. If you are using recipes, you cannot use
the standard joule mode. You can set up both joule recipes and joule mode; however,
running joule recipes does not trigger the joule mode.

Recipe Parameters
The recipe feature of the Ascent unit operates on several parameters. You can set these
parameters using an active panel or through a host port by using the PowerView or other
software.

Parameter Description Command


Recipe type The type of recipe you want to set up: Timed, joule 33 to set
continuous, or joule discrete 196 to report
Recipe steps The number of steps in the recipe 19 to set
Command 179 reports which step is currently active. 180 to report
Timed recipe
Ramp time The amount of time (in seconds) that the power supply 21 to set
takes to ramp up to the set point for the specified step. 181 to report

Set point The value (in the active regulation mode) that the power 22 to set
supply must ramp up to for the specified step 182 to report
Run time The amount of time (in seconds) the power supply runs 23 to set
at set point for the specified step 183 to report
Joule recipe
Joules The total energy the power supply must put into the 23 to set
system during the specified step 183 to report
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, joules delivered is
calculated using the output of the entire system,
not just the individual unit.
Set point The rate (in the active regulation mode) at which the unit 22 to set
supplies power to the specified step 182 to report

Setting Up a Timed Recipe


To set up a timed recipe, you must set the recipe type, enable recipes, and then set values
for the ramp time, set point, and run time.

TO SET UP A TIMED RECIPE USING A REMOTE ACTIVE PANEL


1. Set the recipe type:

5-30 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

a. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ RECIPE→ TYPE.


b. Use the MODIFY knob to show TIMED, JOULE CONTINOUS, or
JOULE DISCRETE.
c. Press ENTER to save your selection.
2. Set the number of recipe steps:
a. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ RECIPE→ STEPS.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to select a value from 1 through 8.
c. Press ENTER to save your selection.
The display shows a series of screens. Screen content depends on the recipe
TYPE you set. For example, if you set the TYPE as TIME, after you have set
the number of recipe steps, you should see a screen that requests a RAMP
TIME value.
3. Rotate the MODIFY knob to select a ramp time.
The settings depend on whether the 10 ms or 100 ms step size is selected (set with
AE Host command 71, subcommand 23 and reported with AE Host command
204, subcommand 23). When the 10 ms step size is selected, the range is 0 s to
600.00 s in 0.01 increment. When the 100 ms step size is selected, the range is 0
s to 6000.0 s in 0.1 s increments.
4. Press ENTER.
The display progresses to a screen requesting a set point value.
5. Set the set point:
a. Choose the regulation mode by using the REGULATION key to toggle
between power, current, and voltage.
b. Use the MODIFY knob to select a value between 0 and the full rated output
of the supply.
c. Press ENTER.
The display shows a screen requesting a RUN TIMER value.
6. Rotate the MODIFY knob to select a value between 0.00 s to 600 s (in 0.01 s
increments).
7. Press ENTER.
If you have indicated that your recipe contains more than one step, the display
returns to the RAMP TIMER screen so that you can enter recipe values for the
next step.
8. Repeat Steps 1 through 7 as needed.
If you assign zero run time for the final recipe step, the unit switches to continuous
output when it reaches set point for this step. In this situation, to turn off output,
you must send an off command (using the OFF button or the appropriate User
port signal or serial port command) or you must have already programmed a joule
set point (when the unit reaches a joule set point, it turns output off).

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-31


Advanced Energy

☞ Important
In a master/slave system, joules delivered is calculated using the output of
the entire system, not just the individual unit.
When you complete the final step in your recipe, the panel displays PROCESS→
CONTROL→ RECIPE. Press the MODIFY knob as often as necessary to return to
the top-level operation information.

Setting Up a Joule Recipe


To set up a joule recipe, you must set the recipe type, enable recipes, and then set the
joule set point.
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, joules delivered is calculated using the output of the
entire system, not just the individual unit.

TO SET UP A JOULE RECIPE USING A REMOTE ACTIVE


PANEL
1. Set the recipe type:
a. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ RECIPE→ TYPE.
b. Use the MODIFY knob to show TIMED, JOULE CONTINUOUS, or
JOULE DISCRETE.
c. Press ENTER to save your selection.
2. Set the number of recipe steps.
Setting the number of steps also enables recipes. To enable a recipe, set the number
of steps to any number between 1 and 8. To disable the recipe, set the number of
steps to 0.
a. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ RECIPE→ STEPS.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to select a value from 1 through 8.
c. Press ENTER to save your selection.
The display shows a series of screens. Screen content depends on the recipe
TYPE you set. If you set the TYPE as JOULE CONTINUOUS or JOULE
DISCRETE, after you have set the number of recipe steps, you should see a screen
that requests a JOULE value.
3. Rotate the MODIFY knob to select a joule value.
With JOULE CONTINUOUS or JOULE DISCRETE types, the display
includes a multiplication factor button: 1X, 10X, 100X, or 1000X. Use it to
multiply the JOULE value by the indicated factor.
4. Press ENTER.
The display shows a screen requesting a set point value (in watts).

5-32 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

5. Set the set point:


a. Choose the regulation mode by using the REGULATION key to toggle
between power, current, and voltage.
b. Use the MODIFY knob to select a value between 0 W and the full rated output
of the supply.
c. Press ENTER.
If you have indicated that your recipe contains more than one step, the display
returns to the JOULES screen so that you can enter recipe values for the next
step.
6. Repeat Steps 3 through 5 as needed.
When you complete the final step in your recipe, the panel displays PROCESS→
CONTROL→ RECIPE. Press the MODIFY knob as often as necessary to return to
the top-level operation information.

Resetting a Joule Discrete Recipe to Step 1


If you set the recipe type to JOULE DISCRETE, when one or more of the recipe steps
are complete, you can reset the recipe to its first step.

TO RESET A JOULE DISCRETE RECIPE TO STEP 1 USING A


REMOTE ACTIVE PANEL
1. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ RECIPE→ TYPE.
2. Use the MODIFY knob to show JOULE DISCRETE.
3. Press ENTER to save your selection.
4. Press ON to restart the recipe at step 1.

IGNITION VOLTAGE

Understanding Ignition Voltage


To ignite a plasma, the Ascent power supply produces higher-than-normal ignition
output voltage. The unit enters this ignition mode when it senses that load impedance
has risen above a factory-configured level. At that point, the unit switches to voltage
regulation mode and drives output toward the user-set ignition set point. When the
output current rises above the factory-configured level, the unit leaves ignition mode,
switching back to the normal regulation mode and set point.
You can set the ignition set point using a remote active panel, or through a host port by
using the PowerView or other software. The applicable host port command is 52.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-33


Advanced Energy

Setting Ignition Voltage Set Point

TO SET THE IGNITION VOLTAGE USING A REMOTE ACTIVE


PANEL
1. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ IGNITION→ SETPT.
2. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

TARGET LIFE

Understanding Target Life


Target life is the number of kilowatt-hours you can use a target.
You can set the target life for up to eight targets and select an active target (the target
to use in your process). The Ascent power supply includes a target life counter, which
counts down the life of the active target.
If the target life expires when output is on, the Ascent power supply unit does not shut
output off. (If you are using a remote active panel, the panel displays EOTL) However,
once output is turned off, you cannot turn it back on until you have reset the target life,
changed the active target, or disabled the target life feature.
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, the target life is calculated using the output of the entire
system, not just the individual unit.

Target Life Parameters


Target life involves three parameters:
• Enable target life counter—turns on the feature.
• Target—selects which target to use as the active target.
• Target life—sets the number of kilowatt-hours you want to use the target. You
can set the target life from 0 kWh to 65535.00 kWh in 0.10 kWh increments.
☞ Important
In a master/slave system, the target life is calculated using the output of
the entire system, not just the individual unit.
When selecting targets, the User port setting has priority over other control mechanisms
(such as the remote active panel). Leaving the target bits open or leaving the User port
pins unconnected causes the target selection at the User port to default to 1. If your unit

5-34 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

has a user card installed, you must set the target to “1” at the User port, and then you
can select targets using the serial port or remote active panel.
When setting target parameters through a host port (by using the PowerView or other
software), the applicable commands are 11, 12, and 13.

Enabling and Setting Target Life Counter


To use the target life counter, you must enable the feature, select the active target, and
then set the target life.
1. Enable the target life feature on a remote active panel:
a. Press PROCESS→ MONITOR→ TARGET→ ENABLE.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
c. Press ENTER to accept and exit.
2. Select the active target:
a. Press PROCESS→ MONITOR→ TARGET→ SELECT.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
c. Press ENTER to accept and exit.
3. Set the target life:
a. Press PROCESS→ MONITOR→ TARGET→ LIFE.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
c. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

RAMP MODE

Understanding Ramp Mode


Ramp mode allows Ascent power supply output to change from one level to another at
a defined rate of change. When ramp mode is enabled, each time output turns on, the
Ascent power supply unit changes output from a specified percentage of set point to
full set point over a specified time.

Ramp Mode Parameters


Ramp mode operates on four parameters.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-35


Advanced Energy

Table 5-4. Ramp mode parameters


Parameter Description
Unit set Sets the power, voltage, or current level at which the Ascent power
point supply will produce output.
Ramp Turns the ramp mode on.
enable
Start Sets the percentage of the unit set point at which the unit begins to ramp
percentage when output turns on.
☞ Important
This feature applies to only the regular ramp mode and not to
the ramp mode in a timed recipe.
Ramp time Sets the time over which the unit ramps from the start percentage to the
full set point.
Set the ramp time. The acceptable range of values is 5 to 60,000. The
scaling of this value depends on the step size that has been set (either
10 ms or 100 ms). The step size is reported with command 204,
subcommand 23 and is set with command 71, subcommand 23. The step
size can also be read or set through PowerView.
• If 10 ms step size is set, the ramp time value represents hundredths
of seconds. For example, 100 = 1 s.
• If 100 ms step size is set, the ramp time value represents tenths of
seconds. For example, 10 = 1 s.
The out-of-set-point timer is disabled while output is ramping.
Depending on the unit configuration, the power supply may have a
100 ms ramp feature enabled. In the 100 ms ramp configuration, the
minimum ramp time is 0.5 s and the maximum ramp time is 6000.0 s.

You can set these parameters using a remote active panel or through a host port by using
the PowerView or other software. Applicable host commands are 15, 16, 32, 152,
158, 159, and 163.

Setting Ramp Mode


To use the ramp mode, you must enter the unit set point, enable ramp mode, enter the
start percentage, and then enter the ramp time.

TO SET RAMP MODE USING A REMOTE ACTIVE PANEL


1. Enable the ramp mode:
a. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ RAMP→ ENABLE.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.

5-36 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

c. Press ENTER to accept and exit.


2. Set the start percentage:
a. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ RAMP→ START-PT.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
c. Press ENTER to accept and exit.
3. Set the ramp times:
a. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ RAMP→ TIME.
b. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
c. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

SET POINT COMPENSATION

Understanding Set Point Compensation


Set point compensation allows the Ascent power supply to adjust its output to
compensate for lower average power output due to heavy arc suppression conditions.
As each arc is suppressed, the power supply output is shut off for a momentary
preprogrammed shutdown period. As the density of arc suppression events increase,
the average output power begins to fall below the programmed set point. The set point
compensation feature causes the unit to internally increase output power as necessary
to reduce the difference between programmed set point and average power read back
during an increased rate of arc suppression events. This compensation helps to keep the
deposition rate constant during periodic heavy arcing condition events, and is only
available in power regulation mode.
The compensation limit is set as a percentage of programmed set point. For example,
if the programmed set point is 20 kW and the set point compensation limit is set to 20%,
the power supply will internally increase the output power up to 4 kW above the 20 kW
programmed value in order to minimize the difference between the programmed set
point and the average power output.
You can set the set point compensation limit by using a remote front panel or through
a host port and PowerView or other software. The applicable host port command is
71 (subcommand 40).

To Set the Set Point Compensation Limit From a Remote


Active Panel
1. Press PROCESS→ CONTROL→ COMP→ LIMIT
2. Rotate the MODIFY knob until the desired value is displayed.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-37


Advanced Energy

3. Press ENTER to set the limit value that is displayed and exit the process.

OUT-OF-SET-POINT TIMER

Understanding the Out-of-Set-Point Timer


For several reasons, a unit might start to operate at values that do not match the set point.
The Ascent power supply has a set point tolerance range that equals the set point ± 0.4%
of full scale or 2% of set point—whichever is greater. If the output remains within this
tolerance range, the unit continues to operate as if it were operating at set point with the
green Setpoint and Output status indicators on the front panel lit. If output exceeds the
tolerance of the set point, the unit will continue to generate output but the Setpoint
status indicator will not be lit and the User port SETPOINT.D signal will be deasserted.
When enabled, the out-of-set-point timer sets the amount of time the unit will continue
to operate out of set point before turning the output off. If the out-of-set-point timer
turns output off, a set point timer fault is reported.

Out-of-Set-Point Timer Parameter


Set the out-of-set-point timer value from 0.0 to 999.9 seconds. Setting a value greater
than zero enables the out-of-set point feature. A value of zero disables the out-of-set
point timer.
You can set this parameters using a remote active panel or through a host port by using
the PowerView or other software. The applicable host port is 31.

Setting the Out-of-Set-Point Timer


1. Press PROCESS→ MONITOR→ SETPT.
2. Rotate the Modify knob to display the desired value.
3. Press Enter to accept and exit.

5-38 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

ARC SUPPRESSION

Understanding Arc Suppression

ARC SUPPRESSION PROCESS


The Ascent power supply includes a patented arc suppression feature that ensures fast
arc recovery time.
The arc suppression system may operate on voltage (VARC), current (IARC), or both
at once:
1. The unit detects arcs by detecting one or both of the following changes:
• Output voltage falls below an arc sense level (VARC).
• Output current exceeds an arc sense level (IARC).
• If either VARC or IARC is enabled, but not the other, the Ascent power supply
initiates arc suppression when the enabled condition is met. If both VARC and
IARC are enabled, both VARC and IARC conditions must be met before the
Ascent power supply initiates arc suppression.

Voltage

Micro arc Micro Arc

Voltage Arc Threshold

Current Arc Threshold

Current 3736

Voltage/current passes threshold,


triggering arc suppression

Figure 5-11. VARC and IARC sense levels


2. When the unit detects an arc, it starts the micro arc suppression routine:
• Diverts power away from the plasma for a preset time (micro arc time)
• Ramps power to the plasma for a preset time (mask time)
• Reads output voltage, current, or both.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-39


Advanced Energy

3. If the unit does not detect a continuing arc, it continues output to the plasma. If
the unit detects a continuing arc, it enters the hard arc suppression routine:
a. Diverts power away from the plasma for a preset time, which is the hard arc
time. Hard arc time is longer than micro arc time.
b. Ramps power to the plasma (mask time).
c. Reads output voltage, current, or both.
4. If the unit does not detect an arc, the unit continues output to the plasma. If the
unit detects an arc, the unit momentarily turns output off until output current nears
zero.
With the arc suppression feature enabled, hard-arc detection time is less than 1 µs, and
delivered arc energy is less than 1 mJ/kW (at full power and best arc settings).
The Ascent power supply unit enables VARC and IARC arc suppression each time you
cycle power to the unit. If you disable either VARC or IARC arc suppression, the unit
re-enables both features when you cycle power.
Both VARC and IARC can remain enabled at the same time.

ARC PROFILES
An arc profile consists of a set of parameters that work together to describe a specific
arc suppression behavior. The profile contains a specific set of parameter values and
supports a specific target and operating condition. For example, if you are using an
aluminum target in your process, one profile may be most effective at suppressing arcs;
if you are using an aluminum-zinc oxide target in the process, another profile may be
most effective at suppressing arcs.
An arc profile includes the following parameters:
• Micro arc time
• Hard arc time
• Micro arc detect mask time
• Voltage arc sense level
• Current arc sense level
• Arc-Sync feature enable
• Hard arc count limit
The Ascent power supply provides four arc profiles. It identifies each profile with an
index number (0 through 3). You can use an arc profile with default parameter values,
or you can change one or more of the parameter values in a profile to customize the
profile to your process. The system stores your custom values in nonvolatile memory.
You can use PowerView software, AE Host command 235, or a remote active panel to
view the value for each parameter in a profile. You can also restore profiles to default
values.
You can easily switch from one arc profile to another using PowerView software, AE
Host command 82, or a remote active panel.

5-40 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

ARC SUPPRESSION SYNCHRONIZATION (ARC-SYNC


FEATURE)
The Arc-Sync feature allows you to connect multiple stand-alone Ascent power supply
units to synchronize arc suppression behavior. In Arc-Sync operation, if the Ascent
power supply detects an arc, it transmits an arc detection signal to the other units
connected through the M/S Link ports. If the Ascent power supply receives an arc
detection signal from another unit, it enters the arc suppression routine as if it had
detected the arc itself. In order to run in Arc-Sync operation, the following must be
done:
• All Ascent power supply units for the Arc-Sync system must be set up as stand-
alone units.
• The Ascent power supply units must be properly connected for Arc-Sync
operation.
• Arc-Sync operation must be enabled.

Related Links
• “Arc Suppression Parameters” on page 5-41
• “Setting Up Arc Suppression” on page 5-46
• “Setting Up for Arc-Sync Operation” on page 5-48

Arc Suppression Parameters


The arc suppression feature of the Ascent power supply regulates on several parameters,
which are described in the following table. You can set these parameters by using an
active panel or through a host port by using the PowerView or other software. The
applicable host port command numbers are noted in the table.

Table 5-5. Arc suppression parameters


Parameter Description
Enable arc Enables and disables arc suppression on the Ascent power supply. Voltage arc
suppression (VARC) and current arc (IARC) suppression are enabled/disabled separately.
Use these AE Host commands to set and retrieve values related to this parameter:
• Command 61 enables/disables VARC suppression.
• Command 82 B0 = 0 and 1 enables/disables VARC and IARC suppression.
• Command 235 B0 = 0 and 1 reports VARC and IARC enabled status.
• Command 207 reports a snapshot of data that includes these parameters.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-41


Advanced Energy

Table 5-5. Arc suppression parameters (Continued)


Parameter Description
Arc sense VARC: Sets the voltage threshold at which the Ascent power supply determines
level that an arc is occurring.
The best value for a sense level is between your process’s normal operating voltage
and the typical low voltage that occurs when your system experiences an arc. The
higher the sense level, the faster the unit can detect an arc.
☞ Important
Use caution: Selecting a sense level that is lower than voltage during an arc
could result in the unit not detecting arcs and damaging the system with high
current.
You can set the VARC sense level from 20 V to 500 V.
IARC: Sets the current threshold at which the Ascent power supply determines that
an arc is occurring.
This value is set as a percentage of the current measurement range. You can set this
parameter to a value from 10% to 100% of the current measurement range.
VARC IARC Conditions That Initiate Arc Suppression
Enabled Enabled
Yes No Output voltage falls below the VARC sense level
No Yes Output current rises above the IARC sense level
Yes Yes Output voltage falls below the VARC sense level
And
Output current rises above the IARC sense level
☞ Important
When both VARC and IARC are enabled,
both of these conditions must be met before
the unit initiates arc suppression.
Use these AE Host commands to set and retrieve values related to this parameter:
• Command 204, subcommand 29 to reports the current measurement range from
the unit.
• Command 10 sets the VARC sense level.
• Command 82 B0 = 7 and 8 sets the VARC and IARC sense levels.
• Command 235 B0 = 162 and 163 reports the valid range for VARC and IARC
sense levels.
• Command 171 reports the VARC sense level.
• Command 235 B0 = 7 and 8 reports the VARC and IARC sense levels.
• Command 207 reports a snapshot of data that includes these parameters.

5-42 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 5-5. Arc suppression parameters (Continued)


Parameter Description
Micro arc The amount of time that arc detection is disabled after micro arc recovery.
detect mask Use these AE Host commands to set and retrieve values related to this parameter:
time
• Command 82 B0 = 3 sets the micro arc detect mask time.
• Command 235 B0 = 164 reports the valid range for the micro arc detect mask
time.
• Command 235 B0 = 3 reports the micro arc detect mask time.

Micro arc The amount of time that the unit diverts power away from the plasma upon the
suppression detection of an arc.
time The Ascent power supply design greatly reduces the stored energy of the power
supply. However, occasions may exist when your Ascent power supply can enhance
your process by delivering more energy during arc events.
With a longer micro arc suppression time, you increase the chance of a voltage
overshoot when the plasma recovers. A longer time may cause the ion density to
decrease and the resultant plasma impedance may increase. The plasma may even
extinguish. Thus, your process may require a higher voltage to reignite the plasma.
Be sure to consider this possibility when setting the micro arc suppression time.
At the end of the micro arc suppression time, the unit ramps power back to the plasma
for an internally set time (about 6.5 μs) and reads output voltage:
• If the voltage has returned to normal, the unit returns to normal operation.
• If the voltage remains below the sense level, the unit initiates a hard arc
suppression routine.
You can set the micro arc suppression time to a value from 0 μs to 200 μs (selectable
in 1 μs increments).
Use these AE Host commands to set and retrieve values related to this parameter:
• Command 82 B0 = 13 sets the micro arc suppression time.
• Command 235 B0 = 174 reports the valid range for the micro arc suppression
time.
• Command 235 B0 = 13 reports the micro arc suppression time.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-43


Advanced Energy

Table 5-5. Arc suppression parameters (Continued)


Parameter Description
Hard arc The amount of time that the unit diverts power away from the plasma upon the
suppression detection of a hard arc.
time When the unit enters the hard arc suppression routine, output will remain off for the
hard arc suppression time.
To extinguish an arc properly, the power supply must divert power until the output
current decays to a value near 0. The decay of output current depends on system
cable inductance and the voltage of the arc.
At the end of hard arc suppression time, if the output voltage is above threshold,
output will resume. However, if, output voltage remains below the threshold, unit
output remains off until the unit detects an output voltage level near zero.
You can set this parameter to a value from 50 μs to 65535 μs.
Use these AE Host commands to set and retrieve values related to this parameter:
• Command 82 B0 = 14 sets the hard arc suppression time.
• Command 235 B0 = 175 reports the valid range for the hard arc suppression
time.
• Command 235 B0 = 14 reports the hard arc suppression time.

Hard arc The behavior of the unit in response to the hard arc count limit depends on whether
count limit the unit has been factory configured for arc limit fault behavior. (AE Host Command
and arc 160 reports whether the unit has this feature.)
window If the unit is not configured for the arc limit fault behavior:
duration
The hard arc count limit sets the number of hard arcs required for the power supply
to provide an arc indication at the end of a process run.
• When the hard arc count limit is set to a non-zero value, the unit tracks the
number of hard arcs during the run. When the unit receives an output off
command, if the limit has been exceeded during the run, the Arc LED on the
remote active panel lights momentarily, and the ARC.D signal on the User port
becomes momentarily active.
• If the the hard arc count limit is set to zero, each time the unit detects a hard
arc, the Arc LED on the remote active panel lights momentarily and the
ARC.D signal on the User port becomes momentarily active.
If the unit is configured for the arc limit fault behavior:
With the arc limit fault behavior, you can use the hard arc count limit parameter in
combination with the arc window duration window to specify the number of hard
arcs (the hard arc count limit) that can occur over a period of time. If the arc count
exceeds that level during the period of time specified by the arc window duration:
☞ Important
The arc window duration parameter is only available if the unit is factory
configured for arc limit fault behavior.

5-44 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 5-5. Arc suppression parameters (Continued)


Parameter Description

• The remote active panel or the PowerView software displays E0004 ARC LIM
FAULT
• Unit turns output off
• Arc LED on the remote active panel lights
• ARC.D signal on the User port becomes active.
For example, the following illustration shows what happens if you set the hard arc
count limit at 50, and you set the arc window duration at 4 (40 ms).
ms 10 20 30 40 50 60

Number 2 4 9 3 10 41
of arcs

Sum of hard
arcs in window
18

Sum of hard
arcs in window
26

Sum of hard
arcs in window
63

Fault

1. The unit counts the number of hard arcs for the first window: four 10 ms time
segments (10 ms, 20 ms, 30 ms, and 40 ms).
2. The unit sums the hard arc counts within the window. In this example, the sum
is 18.
3. The unit compares the sum to the arc count limit. In this example, the sum is
less than the limit.
4. The unit repeats steps 1 through 3 for the next window (20 ms, 30 ms, 40 ms,
and 50 ms). The sum is 26, which is less than the limit.
5. The unit repeats steps 1 through 3 for the next window (30 ms, 40 ms, 50 ms,
and 60 ms). The sum is 63, which is greater than the limit. The unit responds
by reporting the arc limit fault, turning output off, lighting the Arc LED, and
setting the ARC.D signal on the User port to active.
If the number of hard arcs exceeds the hard arc count limit during the run, but not
during the arc duration window, the unit will respond as it would without the arc
limit fault behavior enabled.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-45


Advanced Energy

Table 5-5. Arc suppression parameters (Continued)


Parameter Description
Setting either the arc duration window or the hard arc count limit to zero disables
the arc limit fault feature. In this situation, the unit has the same hard arc count limit
behavior as would a unit without the arc limit feature.
Use these AE Host commands to set and retrieve values related to this parameter:
• Command 160 reports whether the unit has the arc limit fault feature.
• Command 82 B0 = 11 and command 9 set the hard arc count limit.
• Command 82 B0 = 12 sets the arc window duration.
• Command 235 B0 = 166 reports the valid range for the hard arc count limit
• Command 235 B0 = 167 reports the valid range for the arc window duration.
• Command 235 B0 = 11 and command 178 report the hard arc count limit.
• Command 235 B0 = 12 reports the arc window duration.

Setting Up Arc Suppression


To use the arc suppression feature, you must enable arc suppression and then set the
arc suppression parameters. If setting up for Arc-Sync operation, you must also make
the appropriate physical connections.

Related Links
• “To Enable Arc Suppression on a Remote Active Panel” on page 5-46
• “To Set the Sense Level and Mask Time” on page 5-47
• “To Set Arc Suppression Times on a Remote Active Panel” on page 5-47
• “Setting Arc Count Parameters” on page 5-47
• “Viewing Arc Density Using the Remote Active Panel” on page 5-48
• “Setting Up for Arc-Sync Operation” on page 5-48
• “To Enable Arc Suppression Profiles Using the Remote Active Panel” on page 5-
49
• “Changing Arc Profile Parameter Values” on page 5-49

TO ENABLE ARC SUPPRESSION ON A REMOTE ACTIVE


PANEL

1. Press PROCESS→ ARC→ ENABLE.


2. Press VARC or IARC.
3. Rotate the Modify knob to display the desired value.
4. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

5-46 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 to enable the other type of arc suppression (IARC or
VARC).

TO SET THE SENSE LEVEL AND MASK TIME

1. Press PROCESS→ ARC→ LEVEL .


2. Do one of the following:
• Press VARC to set the voltage arc sense level for the unit.
• Press IARC to set the current arc sense level for the unit.
3. Rotate the Modify knob to display the desired value.
4. Press MASK to set the arc mask time for the unit.
5. Rotate the Modify knob to display the desired value.
6. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

TO SET ARC SUPPRESSION TIMES ON A REMOTE ACTIVE


PANEL

1. Press PROCESS→ ARC→ TIMES.


2. Do one of the following:
• To enter the micro arc suppression time, press uArc.
• To enter the hard arc suppression time, press hArc.
3. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
4. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

SETTING ARC COUNT PARAMETERS

The COUNT function allows you to perform the following tasks:


• Set a maximum limit of hard arcs that can occur during a run (LIMIT).
• Set the arc window duration (WINDOW).
• View the number of arcs that occurred during a run (DENSITY).
The arc window duration is a block of time for which you want to count the number of
arcs that occur. If the arc count exceeds the arc limit within this set window of time, an
arc limit fault occurs.

To Set the Hard Arc Count Limit


1. Press PROCESS→ ARC→ COUNT→ LIMIT.
2. Rotate the MODIFY knob to select a hard arc count limit.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-47


Advanced Energy

• The ARCL message appears in the warning field of the digital display screen.
• The ARC LED lights.
• The ARC.D digital output line on the User card is toggled low for a
predetermined time when output power is shut off (if applicable).
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

VIEWING ARC DENSITY USING THE REMOTE ACTIVE PANEL

The DENSITY function lets you view the number of arcs that occurred during a run.
The arc counter counts one arc every time the unit shuts output off due to a hard arc
condition. The micro arc counter counts one arc every time a micro arc occurs. Both
counters will reset the next time the unit power turns on.
1. Press PROCESS→ ARC→ COUNT→ DENSITY.
The SYNC, RUN, and SECOND options appear.
2. Do one of the following:
• To see the arcs detected on a linked external source, press SYNC.
• To see arcs detected per run, press RUN.
You can clear the counter by pressing RESET or the counter clears when you
turn output on again.
• To see arcs detected per second, press SECOND.

SETTING UP FOR ARC-SYNC OPERATION

The Arc-Sync feature allows you to connect multiple stand-alone Ascent power supply
units to synchronize arc suppression behavior. In Arc-Sync operation, if the Ascent
power supply detects an arc, it transmits an arc detection signal to the other units
connected through the M/S Link ports. If the Ascent power supply receives an arc
detection signal from another unit, it enters the arc suppression routine as if it had
detected the arc itself.
To set Ascent power supply units up for Arc-Sync operation, do the following:
• Set all the Ascent power supply units for the Arc-Sync system to operate as stand-
alone units by setting the unit address to F.
• Use Cat5e cable to connect the M/S Link ports on the Ascent power supply units
as in a master/slave system.
• Install or remove termination plugs as with a master/slave system:
◦ Units that are connected to two other units through the M/S Link ports must
have the termination plug removed.
◦ Units that are only connected to one other unit through an M/S Link port must
have the termination plug installed.

5-48 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

• Enable Arc-Sync operation in all the Ascent power supply units. You can enable
Arc-Sync operation either through the remote active panel or through a host port
by using the PowerView or other software. The applicable host port command is
command 82, subcommand 2.

Related Links
• “Setting Up a Unit as Master, Slave, or Stand-Alone” on page 5-20
• “Connecting Master/Slave Links” on page 5-16
• “Installing or Removing a Termination Plug” on page 5-18
• “To Enable the Arc-Sync Operation Using the Remote Active Panel” on page 5-
49

To Enable the Arc-Sync Operation Using the Remote Active Panel

The Arc-Sync feature allows you to synchronize the arc suppression of multiple stand-
alone Ascent power supply units. This procedure describes how to enable Arc-Sync
operation in a single unit through the remote active panel.
1. Press PROCESS→ ARC→ ACCY→ .
The PROFILE and ARC SYNC options appear.
2. Press ARC SYNC to enable or disable Arc-Sync operation..
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

TO ENABLE ARC SUPPRESSION PROFILES USING THE


REMOTE ACTIVE PANEL

1. Press PROCESS→ ARC→ ACCY.


The PROFILE and ARC SYNC options appear.
2. Press PROFILE to enable or disable the profile function.
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

CHANGING ARC PROFILE PARAMETER VALUES

Changing a parameter value in an arc profile allows you to create a new arc profile or
customize an existing arc profile more closely to your process. You can use PowerView
software, AE Host command 82, or a remote active panel to change arc profile parameter
values.

To Change an Arc Profile Parameter Value Using a Remote Active Panel


1. Select the arc profile:
a. Press MENU→ PROCESS→ ARC→ ACCY→ PROFILE
b. Rotate the Modify knob to select the index number of the profile you want to
change.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-49


Advanced Energy

c. Press ENTER to accept and exit.


2. Navigate to the parameter you want to change:
a. Press MENU→ PROCESS→ ARC
b. Select the parameter you want to change.
You may need to choose an additional parameter; for example, if you want to
select the voltage arc sense level, when you select LEVEL, you then need to
select VARC.
3. Rotate the Modify knob to the desired value.
4. Press ENTER to accept and exit.
The system saves the new parameter value for the selected arc profile in nonvolatile
memory.

VIEWING SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS AND


VERSIONS

You can use the Remote Active Panel to view system diagnostics and unit software
versions. These parameters are viewable from the SERVICE menu.

Checking the Total Energy Output


• Press SERVICE→ STATS→ ENERGY to show the total energy output for the
unit.

Checking Idle Time and Run Time


1. Press SERVICE > STATS > TIME.
2. To display the amount of time idle, press the IDLE soft key.
The amount of unit time idle appears on the display screen.
3. To display the amount of time running, press the RUN soft key.
The amount of unit time running appears on the display screen.

Viewing System Faults


1. Press SERVICE→ STATS→ EVENTS.
The FAULTS and CYCLES options appear.
2. Press FAULTS.

5-50 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

• To display the number of power faults, press POWER.


• To display the number of off-ground fault occurrences, press GND FLT.
• To display the number of set point timer faults, press SETPT.

Viewing Power Cycles


1. Press SERVICE→ STATS→ EVENTS.
The FAULTS and CYCLES options appear.
2. Press CYCLES.
• To display the number of output on events, press OUTPUT.
• To display the number of power on events, press UNIT.

Checking I/O Port Statistics


Use the I/O option to display the parameters set for the I/O ports on the unit.
• Press SERVICE > I/O > ENET1 and ENET2 to display the various ethernet
parameters set on the unit.
• Press SERVICE > I/O > FLSHPRT to display the communications parameters
set on the unit, such as the baud rate and the address.
• Press SERVICE > I/O > SLOTS to display the auxiliary connectors in the
different I/O slots on the unit.

Performing a Unit Memory Cyclic Redundancy Check


A Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) allows you to calculate the checksum of the
software components. AE field service personnel use this feature when troubleshooting
your unit. A momentary delay occurs before the unit displays the CRC value. Not all
units support the option to perform a CRC.
1. Press SERVICE > MEMORY > ROM.
• To calculate and display the active panel (local or remote) CRC, press
PANEL.
• To calculate and display the DSP CRC, press DSP.
• To calculate and display the logic board CRC, press LOGIC.

Viewing Software Versions


• Press SERVICE→ SW_REV.
◦ To display the software version of the configuration, press CONFIG.

57000083-00E Installation, Setup, and Operation 5-51


Advanced Energy

◦ To display the software version of the module in your unit, press MOD.
◦ To display the software version of the active panel software, press PANEL.
◦ To display the software version of the logic, press LOGIC.

RESETTING THE UNIT TO DEFAULT


OPERATING PARAMETER VALUES

You can reset the unit's operating parameters to factory-set values.


1. Press SUPPLY→ DEFAULTS.
SET SUPPLY DEFAULTS? displays on the screen.
2. Rotate the MODIFY knob to display the desired value.
• YES to use the default operating parameters
• NO to not use the default operating parameters for the unit
3. Press ENTER to accept and exit.

MAINTENANCE

Consumable Parts
Some parts in the Ascent are consumable and may wear out over time. For a current list
of consumable and wear components in the Ascent as well as for estimated lifetimes
and recommended refurbishment schedules, please contact AE Global Services.

5-52 Installation, Setup, and Operation 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply Chapter

6
Troubleshooting and Global
Services
Before calling AE Global Services, perform recommended checks and troubleshooting
procedures. If you are still unable to resolve the issue and resume normal operation after
following these checks and procedures, contact AE Global Services.

TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST

DANGER:
RISK OF DEATH OR BODILY INJURY. Disconnect and lockout/tagout all
sources of input power before working on this unit or anything connected to it.

WARNING:
Maintenance personnel must receive proper training before installing,
troubleshooting, or maintaining high-energy electrical equipment. Potentially
lethal voltages could cause death, serious personal injury, or damage to the
equipment. Ensure that all appropriate safety precautions are taken.

Table 6-1. Using LED states for troubleshooting


Troubleshooting Action
Check
Is the AC Input LED If No: There may be an external line fault.
lit?
1. Make sure there that there are no loose wires or unreliable
connections in the AC input line.
2. Make sure the AC power cord is plugged into an appropriate power
source.
3. Make sure that all three phases on the AC voltage line are present
and meet specifications.
4. If this LED remains unlit, call AE Global Services.

Is the Fault LED lit? If Yes: The unit has detected a fault. This fault will generate fault codes
that are provided through the serial port and on the remote panel. You can
also access fault codes through the PowerView software.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-1


Advanced Energy

Table 6-1. Using LED states for troubleshooting (Continued)


Troubleshooting Action
Check
Is the Interlock LED If Yes: The interlock is not satisfied or was interrupted.
lit?
1. Ensure that the interlock pins on the User port are satisfied.
2. Ensure that the 9-pin Interlock port is properly connected.
3. Ensure that the output cover is properly connected.
4. Once interlock conditions are satisfied, send an Off command to
reset the unit and LED states.

Turn on unit output. Is If No: Unit output is not on.


the Output LED lit?
1. Check to see if the Fault LED is lit. If it is, the unit has detected a
fault. This fault will generate fault codes that are provided through
the serial port and on the remote panel. You can also access fault
codes through PowerView software.
2. Ensure that the control mode is set correctly for User, Local, or Host
mode.
3. If you sent the output on command from the PROFIBUS,
RS232/485, or Ethernet port, ensure that you received a command
status response (CSR) code of zero. This code indicates that the
command was accepted.
4. If this procedure has not resolved the issue, contact AE Global
Services.

Is the Arc This LED lights when hard arc suppression is active. If the LED is on
Suppression LED lit? steady:
1. Ensure that the output of the unit is not shorted
2. Verify that the process is stable.

If output is on, is the If No: The output power does not match the set point.
Setpoint LED lit?
1. Ensure that the Ascent power supply; has not exceeded a process
power, voltage, or current limit.
2. Ensure that the process is stable and is not arching.

If these steps do not resolve the issue, contact AE Global Services.

Related Links
• “Fault Code Table” on page 6-4

6-2 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

TROUBLESHOOTING USING FAULT CODES

Accessing Fault Codes


You can access Ascent fault codes in two ways:
• You can use serial communication (the RS232/485 or Service port) to request a
report of active fault codes (command 208). Once you have received a list of active
faults, see the fault code table to look up these codes and troubleshoot the
associated faults.
• You can use the PowerView virtual front panel application to look up active fault
codes by clicking on the Faults tab in the unit window. Once you have the list of
active fault codes, see the fault code table to look up these codes and troubleshoot
the associated faults.

Fault Types and Clearing Faults


The unit can report one or more types of faults:
• Fatal Fault–This type of fault can occur at initialization or after running. You can
try to clear it by AC power cycling the unit. If the fault persists, contact AE Global
Services.
• Latching Faults–When faults occur when the output is on, they remain latched
until the unit receives an off command or a User port CLEAR.D signal. If the cause
of the fault has not cleared, the fault indication does not clear.
• Non-Latching Faults–Faults that are self clearing.
◦ Fault occurs when output is off: A fault is non-latching only if the fault occurs
while output is off. If the fault condition clears, the fault indication self clears.
However, if the cause of the fault has not cleared, the fault indication does not
clear. The unit does not require an off command before turning output on.
◦ Fault occurs when output is on: If output was on when the fault occurred, output
turns off and the fault latches. The unit requires an output off command or a
User port CLEAR.D signal before turning output on.

TO CLEAR A FAULT THAT OCCURS WHEN OUTPUT IS OFF

1. If necessary, correct the fault condition.


2. Does fault clear once the fault condition no longer exists?
• Yes: Proceed to turn unit output on.
• No: Cycle AC input power to unit.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-3


Advanced Energy

3. Does cycling AC input power to the unit clear the issue?


• Yes: Proceed to turn unit output on.
• No: A unit failure has occurred. Contact AE Global Servicess.

TO CLEAR A FAULT THAT OCCURS WHEN OUTPUT IS ON

If a fault occurs when output is on, the power supply shuts output power off.
1. If possible, correct the fault condition.
2. Reset the power supply with the by sending an off command or asserting the
User port CLEAR.D command (through the appropriate interface).
• From the remote active panel, press the OFF button to clear the fault.
• From PowerView, click the OFF button to clear the fault.
• Through the AE Bus interface, serial port, or PROFIBUS interface, send the an
off command to clear the fault.
• Through the User port interface, assert pin 29 CLEAR.D by connecting pin 29
to pin 36 for at least 250 ms. Pin 29 must be deasserted (disconnected or pulled
high) before you can enable the power supply output.
• Through the DeviceNet interface, send the Poll Command OFF message to turn
off output and clear the fault.
3. Does resetting the power supply clear the fault?
• Yes: Proceed to turn unit output on.
• No: Cycle AC input power to unit.
4. Does cycling AC input power to the unit clear the issue?
• Yes: Proceed to turn unit output on.
• No: A unit failure has occurred. Contact AE Global Services.

Fault Code Table


The following table lists the Ascent power supply fault codes, the problem indicated
by each fault, and the suggested actions to take in response to the faults.

6-4 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
1 The out of set point timer value Do the following:
Out-of-set-point timer has been set to nonzero and the
unit was out of set point for 1. Verify that the unit is not
expired operating into a limit. For
longer than the set point timer.
example, if operating in
power regulation mode,
verify that the output is
not near or at voltage or
current limits.
2. Increase the out-of-set-
point timer value.
3. If unit is actively
suppressing arcs during
operation, consider
modifying process
parameters to reduce arc
rate.

2 This fault is normal when it If fault persists longer than 10


Initializing CMC module occurs during the first seconds at startup, contact AE
5 seconds after you turn AC Global Services.
power on.
3 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC command queue
overflow
4 Only available in units Do the following:
Arc limit fault configured for the arc limit fault
option. 1. Increase hard arc limit
value.
When this feature is enabled,
you can set a nonzero hard arc 2. Consider modifying
count limit and a window size. process parameters to
If the hard arc count exceeds the reduce arc rate.
limit within the time window
specified, the output shuts off.
5 The unit compares the number Do the following:
High micro arc density of micro arcs within a five
second window against a 1. Consider modifying
factory programmed value. process parameters to
This fault indicates that the reduce arc rate.
micro arc rate has exceeded the 2. Consider modifying arc
factory programmed value. suppression parameters of
the unit such as V or I arc
sense levels, μArc or hArc
shutdown times.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-5


Advanced Energy

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Config capacity mismatch
7 This fault is only available in Verify that the positive output
Off ground detect fault units configured to detect terminal of unit is properly
ground faults. This fault occurs connected to system ground.
when the voltage between the
positive output terminal and the
unit ground stud is greater than
the factory programmed safety
limit.
8 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Interlock open current sense
9 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
FPGA FIFO fault
10 Potential grounding issue or Verify that the system is
CMC 0 COM fault internal error properly grounded. If the
problem persists, contact AE
Global Services.
11 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 1 COM fault
12 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 2 COM fault
13 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 3 COM fault
401 Internal error If fault persists longer than 5
CMC 0 fault seconds, contact AE Global
Services.
402 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 1 fault
403 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 2 fault
404 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 3 fault

6-6 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
2000 Indicates that a temperature Do the following:
CMC 0: Temperature 1 fault sensor has exceeded its limit. 1. Verify that the unit has
sufficient water flow.
2. Verify process water
temperature is within
specifications.
3. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

2001 Indicates that a temperature Do the following:


CMC 0: Temperature 2 fault sensor has exceeded its limit. 1. Verify that the unit has
sufficient water flow.
2. Verify process water
temperature is within
specifications.
3. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

2002 AC line inductance fault Verify that AC line inductance


CMC 0: AC line inductance is within specification. If the
fault problem persists, contact AE
Global Services.
2003 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 0: Config File Length
fault
2006 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 0: P11 interlock fault
2007 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 0: P11 fault

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-7


Advanced Energy

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
2009 Unit detects primary Do the following:
CMC 0: CT P1 curr hi fault transformer overcurrent 1. Verify system is properly
grounded.
2. Consider modifying
process parameters to
reduce arcing.
3. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

2011 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.


CMC 0: Off gate drv V lo
fault
2012 Internal cable interlock fault Verify system is properly
CMC 0: CT P2 interlock fault grounded. If the problem
persists, contact AE Global
Services.
2013 Internal cable interlock fault Verify system is properly
CMC 0: CT P1 interlock fault grounded. If the problem
persists, contact AE Global
Services.
2014 High bus voltage Check that AC line voltage to
CMC 0: Bus V high fault unit is within specifications. If
the problem persists, contact
AE Global Services.
2015 Low bus voltage Check that AC line voltage to
CMC 0: Bus V low fault unit is within specifications. If
the problem persists, contact
AE Global Services.
2024 Potential grounding issue or Verify system is properly
CMC 0: CMC reset fault internal error grounded. If the problem
persists, contact AE Global
Services.
2090 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 0: No COM response
2091 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 0: Config failure
2092 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CMC 0: Comm error

6-8 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
4000 Indicates that the logic has This fault only appears during
Flash mode active entered flash programming servicing by AE personnel. If
service mode. the fault persists after a power
cycle, contact AE Global
Services.
4001 Indicates main control board is If fault persists for longer than
Calibration in progress loading calibration factors from 5 seconds after power up,
memory. Should only occur for contact AE Global Services.
less than 2 seconds during AC
power on initialization.
4002 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
DSP watch-dog failure
4003 The main control board Reduce communications
FPGA MB reports watchdog processor bandwidth was bandwidth. If the problem
fault exceeded. Communications persists, contact AE Global
traffic may be too high. Services.
4010 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Configuration init fault
4021 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Operating system error
4022 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Logic FPGA done not
asserted
4023 Can occur only upon entry into This fault can only appear
Flash device incompatible flash programming mode during servicing by AE
during servicing. personnel. Contact AE Global
Services.
4024 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Logic FPGA init fault
4025 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Network configuration fault
4030 Momentary power fluctuation Verify AC line voltage is stable
Momentary power and within specifications. If the
fluctuation problem persists, contact AE
Global Services.
4031 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Housekeeping pwr fault
4032 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Gate drive voltage fault

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-9


Advanced Energy

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
4040 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
CPU I2C controller fault
4041 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
As-Is system fault
4042 Internal error If the fault persists for longer
CMC As-Is system fault than 2 seconds, contact AE
Global Services.
4052 Internal error If the fault persists for longer
Interlock open slot 0 than 2 seconds, contact AE
Global Services.
4053 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Interlock open slot 1
4054 Indicates that the interlock on Do the following:
Interlock open DB9 the 9-pin Interlock connector
on the rear panel or the DC • Verify that the 9-pin
output cover interlock is open. subminiature-D
INTERLOCK connector
on the rear panel has pins
3 and 4 shorted together.
• Verify that the DC output
terminal cover on the rear
of the unit is securely
attached. Verify that the
miniature banana
interlock plugs are not
damaged and are inserted
properly into the interlock
jacks.
• If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.
.

6-10 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
4055 The auxiliary power supply Do the following:
Bus fault/aux thermal SW temperature sensor has tripped
or the bus voltage has dropped 1. Verify that the unit has
below the threshold established sufficient water flow.
on the auxiliary board. 2. Verify that process water
temperature is within
specifications.
3. Verify that air flow to unit
is not blocked.
4. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

4056 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.


P18 interlock open
4057 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
P26 interlock open
HBRIDGE
4058 Indicates that the DC output Do the following:
Doghouse interlock cover interlock is open or that
the interlock on the 9-pin • Verify that the DC output
Interlock connector on the rear terminal cover on the rear
panel is open. of the unit is securely
attached. Verify that the
miniature banana
interlock plugs are not
damaged and are inserted
properly into the interlock
jacks.
• Verify that the 9-pin
subminiature-D
INTERLOCK connector
on the rear panel has pins
3 and 4 shorted together.
• If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.
.
4072 Indicates that temperature Verify air flow to unit is not
Logic bd ambient temp fault sensor on main control board blocked. If the problem
has exceeded the limit. persists, contact AE Global
Services.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-11


Advanced Energy

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
4074 The AC input voltage has Verify AC line voltage is stable
AC input voltage low fault dropped below the limit. and within specifications. If
fault persists, contact AE
Global Services.
4075 Fan speed is below the limit. Verify no obstructions are
Cooling fan fault preventing fan on rear panel
from rotating. If the problem
persists, contact AE Global
Services.
4076 The AC input voltage is above Verify AC line voltage is stable
AC input voltage high fault the limit. and within specifications. If
fault persists contact AE Global
Services.
4077 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Internal bus connection fault
4078 The slave detects Do the following:
Master/slave SDC comm communication errors from the
master/unit. 1. Verify the CAT5e
fault cable(s) connecting
master/slave units are
properly seated.
2. Verify that the system is
properly grounded.
3. Consider modifying
process parameters to
reduce arcing.
4. If problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

4100 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.


Message queue overflow
4101 Possible failure of internal non- Contact AE Global Services.
NVRAM error, restoring volatile memory.
defaults

6-12 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
5051 If PROFIBUS is configured by Do the following:
Profibus watchdog expired PROFIBUS master for
watchdog time-out, this fault 1. Verify the cable from
indicates that communication is PROFIBUS master is
lost. securely connected to
PROFIBUS connector
on back of unit.
2. Verify PROFIBUS
master is operational.
3. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

5055 The PROFIBUS receiver is If the problem persists, contact


Profibus buffer overflow overrun. AE Global Services.

5059 The PROFIBUS master that Do the following:


Profibus master released unit was controlling the unit 1. Verify the cable from
disconnected or was removed
from operational state. PROFIBUS master is
securely connected to
PROFIBUS connector
on back of unit.
2. Verify PROFIBUS
master is operational.
3. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

5400 The user card in the main If fault appears longer than 5
User card ILK fault control board has a general seconds, contact AE Global
interlock fault. This fault may Services.
occur momentarily before a
specific user card interlock
fault replaces it.
5402 Both PREG.D and IREG.D are Verify that both PREG.D and
Invalid regulation mode asserted on the user card IREG.D pins on the User port
interface. are not simultaneously
asserted. If the problem
persists, contact AE Global
Services.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-13


Advanced Energy

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
5403 The user card in the main This fault occurs normally
User AUX interlock fault control board has an AUX when User port interlocks
interlock fault. connection are opened. Verify
that AUX.D pin on the User port
is connected to the INCOM.D
or OUTCOM.D pins. If the
problem persists, contact AE
Global Services.
5404 The user card in the main This fault occurs normally
User H2O interlock fault control board has a water when User port interlocks
interlock fault. connection are opened. Verify
that WATER.D pin on the User
port is connected to the
INCOM.D or OUTCOM.D
pins. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global Services.
5405 The user card in the main This fault occurs normally
User VAC interlock fault control board has an VAC when User port interlocks
interlock fault. connection are opened. Verify
that VAC.D pin on the user port
is connected to the INCOM.D
or OUTCOM.D pins. If the
problem persists, contact AE
Global Services.
5600 Rate that AE Host commands Reduce rate of AE Host
CF AEBus cmd buff overflow are being sent to the unit may be commands to serial port of unit.
too high. If the problem persists, contact
AE Global Services.
5610 Rate that AE Host commands Reduce rate of AE Host
Test port AE Bus buff are being sent to the unit may be commands to serial port of unit.
overflow too high. If the problem persists, contact
AE Global Services.
6002 The unit has detected two or Verify that the master/slave
More than one master fault more masters transmitting in a address switch of only one unit
master/slave system, which in the master/slave system is set
means that more than one unit to address 0. If the problem
is set to master/slave address 0. persists, contact AE Global
Services.

6-14 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6003 Slave detects output current Do the following:
M/S current sharing fault mismatch between itself and
the master. 1. Verify that the power
output cables of all units
in the master/slave system
are securely connected to
the same chamber.
2. Verify that the polarity of
output connections is
correct.
3. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

6004 Slave detects output voltage Do the following:


M/S voltage difference fault difference between itself and 1. Verify that the power
the master.
output cables of all units
in the master/slave system
are securely connected to
the same chamber.
2. Verify that the polarity of
output connects is correct.
3. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

6005 Master does not detect exactly In master/slave systems with 2


Check M/S termination 2 termination plugs installed in or more units, verify that only 2
the master/slave system. of the units are properly
When 2 or more units are terminated with green 'L'
master/slaved together, 2 of the shaped termination plugs in the
units must be terminated. connector marked
TERMINATION on the rear
panel. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global Services.
6006 New slave detected by master Before the output of the system
Output on can't add slave while output is on. is enabled, verify that all units
of master/slave system are
powered and recognized by
checking system size with a
remote panel or PowerView
software. If the problem
persists, contact AE Global
Services.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-15


Advanced Energy

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6007 Internal error Contact AE Global Services.
Slave command queue full
6008 The required system size in the Power up all units of the master
Incorrect M/S system size master has been set to a nonzero slave system and use the remote
value, and the total master/ panel or PowerView software
slave system size detected by to verify that the detected
the master does not match this system size matches the
value. required system size. If the
problem persists, contact AE
Global Services.
6009 A slave unit reports this fault Verify that the master/slave
No master detected when no master has connected. address switch of only one unit
in the master/slave system is set
to address 0. If the problem
persists, contact AE Global
Services.
6010 A slave unit reports this fault Do the following:
No response from master when communications have
stopped from the master for at 1. Verify the master/slave
least 1 second. cables between all units of
the master slave system
are securely inserted into
the connectors marked
MS LINK on the rear
panel.
2. Verify that the master/
slave system connections
match the recommended
configuration in the user
manual.
3. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

6-16 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6061 The master unit reports this Do the following:
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address 1. 1. Check for a lit Fault LED
on slave units connected
to master. Fault details
can be read from the
faulted slave unit with a
remote panel or
PowerView software
connected directly to the
slave.
2. Attempt to clear the fault
on the master by issuing
an off command or
asserting and then
deasserting the CLEAR.D
signal of the User port.
3. If the problem persists,
disconnect the faulted
slave from the system and
verify that the fault is no
longer displayed on the
master.
4. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

6062 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address 2.
6063 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address 3.
6064 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address 4.
6065 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address 5.
6066 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address 6.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-17


Advanced Energy

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6067 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address 7.
6068 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address 8.
6069 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address 9.
6070 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address A.
6071 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address B.
6072 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address C.
6073 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address D.
6074 The master unit reports this See fault code 6061.
Slave reports fault fault when any fault is active on
the slave unit at address E.
6081 The master unit sets this fault Do the following:
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address 1 has not 1. Verify the master/slave
successfully responded to a cables between all units of
command from the master in 3 the master slave system
consecutive tries. are securely inserted into
the connectors marked
MS LINK on the rear
panel.
2. Verify the system is
properly grounded.
3. If the problem persists,
contact AE Global
Services.

6-18 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6082 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address 2 has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6083 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address 3 has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6084 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address 4 has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6085 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address 5 has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6086 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address 6 has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6087 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address 7 has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6088 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address 8 has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-19


Advanced Energy

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6089 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address 9 has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6090 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address A has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6091 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address B has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6092 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address C has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6093 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address D has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6094 The master unit sets this fault See fault code 6081.
Slave communication fault only when output is on and the
slave unit at address E has not
successfully responded to a
command from the master in 3
consecutive tries.
6121 The master unit tests for this Verify that the master/slave
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a address switch of all slave units
nonzero required system size. in the master/slave system have
The master sets this fault when different addresses. The slave
5 consecutive master/slave addresses must be greater than
communications transactions 0 and less that 15. If the
result in a CRC error with the problem persists, contact AE
slave at address 1. Global Services.

6-20 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6122 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address 2.
6123 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address 3.
6124 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address 4.
6125 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address 5.
6126 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address 6.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-21


Advanced Energy

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6127 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address 7.
6128 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address 8.
6129 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address 9.
6130 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address A.
6131 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address B.

6-22 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Table 6-2. Fault codes (Continued)


Fault Code Problem Indicated Suggested Action
6132 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address C.
6133 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address D.
6134 The master unit tests for this See fault code 6121.
Slave addr conflict fault only when you set a
nonzero required system size.
The master sets this fault when
5 consecutive master/slave
communications transactions
result in a CRC error with the
slave at address E.

AE GLOBAL SERVICES

Please contact AE Global Services if you have questions or problems that cannot be
resolved by working through the provided troubleshooting. When you call Global
Services, make sure to have the unit serial number and part number. These numbers are
available on unit labels.

57000083-00E Troubleshooting and Global Services 6-23


Advanced Energy

Table 6-3. AE Global Services 24 X 7 contact information


Office Contact
AE, World Headquarters Phone (24 hrs/day, 7 days/week):
1625 Sharp Point Drive 800.446.9167 or
Fort Collins, CO 80525 970.221.0108
USA
Fax (M–F, 7:00 am – 5:30 pm MST):
☞ Important 970.407.5981
For returns and repairs, please
call Global Services to get the Email: (We will respond to email by the next
correct shipping address. business day.)
technical.support@aei.com
For Aera flow product support, call
800.MFC.AERA (800.632.2372).
For Sekidenko thermal product support,
contact by email:
thermalapplications@aei.com

If you would prefer to contact a local or regional sales or service office, visit the
Advanced Energy web site for current contact information (click on Sales and
Support):
• http://www.advanced-energy.com

RETURNING UNITS FOR REPAIR

Before returning any product for repair and/or adjustment, first follow all
troubleshooting procedures. After following troubleshooting procedures, if your unit is
unable to resume normal operation, contact AE Global Services and discuss the problem
with a representative. Be prepared to give them the model number and serial number
of the unit as well as the reason for the proposed return. This consultation call will allow
Global Services to determine if the unit must actually be returned for the problem to be
corrected. Such technical consultation is always available at no charge.

6-24 Troubleshooting and Global Services 57000083-00E


Ascent® Power Supply

Index

25-pin connector setting arc count parameters 5-47


user port 4-1 setting sense level and mask time 5-47
setting times 5-47
A understanding 5-39
Arc-Sync operation
address enabling using the remote active panel
AE Bus 4-13 5-49
setting for PROFIBUS 4-27 setting up 5-48
AE Bus authorized returns 6-24
action commands 4-36
address 4-13
baud rate 4-13 B
checksum byte 4-18 baud rate
command number byte 4-17 AE Bus 4-13
communication mode 4-14 PROFIBUS 4-27
data bytes 4-17 setting for AE Bus 4-14
DIP switch 4-14
header byte 4-16 C
ideal communication transaction 4-18 cable
interfaces, overview 4-12 termination in PROFIBUS system 4-27
message packet 4-16 cable requirements
optional length byte 4-17 input power 5-15
overview 4-12 output power 5-12
protocol 4-16 certification 1-4
report commands 4-36 checksum byte
setting baud rate 4-14 AE Bus 4-18
setting network address 4-14 clearing faults
transmission parameters 4-13 when output is off 6-3
AE customer services contact information when output is on 6-4
6-23 command number byte
AE Host AE Bus 4-17
command status response (CSR) 4-34 command status response (CSR)
commands 4-34 AE Host 4-34
alert boxes in user manual 1-1 commands
arc density action 4-36
viewing using the remote active panel AE Host 4-34
5-48 command status response (CSR) in AE
arc management Host 4-34
viewing arc density 5-48 Ethernet 4-34
arc profiles PROFIBUS 4-30, 4-34
changing parameter values 5-49 report 4-36
arc suppression communications
Arc-Sync operation 5-48 AE Bus protocol 4-16
creating new arc profile 5-49 AE Bus transmission parameters 4-13
enabling 5-46 ideal transaction in AE Bus 4-18
enabling arc profiles 5-49 mode, setting 4-14
enabling Arc-Sync operation 5-49 PROFIBUS 4-26
parameters 5-41 PROFIBUS protocol 4-27
setting 5-46 RS-232 with AE Bus 4-12

57000083-00E Index i
Advanced Energy

serial 4-26 drawings, unit dimensional 5-1


compliance
directives and standards 1-4 E
environmental 1-6 electrical specifications 3-1
unit 1-4 electromagnetic compatibility
conditions of use 1-5 directives and standards 1-4
conformity, letter and declaration 1-4 energy output
connecting viewing total 5-50
remote active panel 5-23 entering a set point 5-26
connectors environmental specifications 3-4
Ethernet 4-20 error codes
I/O and auxiliary 5-22 see fault codes
Interlock port 4-10 errors
output 5-11 PROFIBUS specific 4-27
PROFIBUS 4-26 Ethernet
RS232/485 port 4-12 commands 4-34
Service port 4-11 connector 4-20
user port 4-1 data encoding 4-21
consumable parts 5-52 Ethernet data encoding 4-21
control method
selecting 5-25
control mode F
selecting for regulation mode and set point fault codes
settings 5-22 accessing 6-3
cooling requirements troubleshooting 6-3
air 5-6 faults
water 5-6 clearing 6-3
cooling specifications 3-4 clearing when output is off 6-3
cooling water, connecting 5-10 clearing when output is on 6-4
current limit fault codes 6-4
setting from remote active panel 5-28 types 6-3
customer service contact information 6-23 viewing through the remote active panel
5-50
D FC 100 4-21
first time operation
data bytes turning input power on 5-25
AE Bus 4-17 turning output power on 5-26
data consistency
PROFIBUS 4-27
data encoding G
Ethernet (FC 100) 4-21 general description 2-1
default operating parameters, Global Services contact information 6-23
resetting the unit 5-52 grounding 5-9
dimensional drawings 5-1 GSD files
DIP switch PROFIBUS 4-27
AE Bus 4-14 guidelines
AE Bus communication mode, setting safety 1-1
4-14 SEMI 1-4
setting bus baud rate 4-14
directives 1-4 H
display screen header byte
understanding 4-119 AE Bus 4-16

ii Index 57000083-00E
Ascent® Power Supply

I L
icons labels on unit 1-2
in user manual 1-1 LEDs
idle time on Ethernet connector 4-20
checking 5-50 status descriptions 4-1
ignition voltage troubleshooting 6-1
setting 5-34 length byte
understanding 5-33 AE Bus 4-17
industry guidelines, compliance with 1-4 lifting and moving unit 5-8
input power limiting conditions
cabling requirements 5-15 operation 1-7
connector 5-14
making connection 5-15 M
turning on 5-25 main menu
installation remote active panel 4-121
connecting cooling water 5-10 maintenance
connecting I/O 5-22 consumable parts 5-52
connecting input power 5-15 making the output connection 5-13
grounding 5-9 mask time
lifting and moving unit 5-8 setting for arc suppression 5-47
mounting unit in a rack 5-9 master reset command
preparing to install 5-1 PROFIBUS 4-27
remote active panel 5-23 master/slave
requirements 5-5 inter-unit port connector pins 5-17
setting up master/slave system 5-16 master/slave system
spacing requirements 5-1 connecting master/slave links 5-16
termination plug 5-18 installing or removing termination plug
unpacking unit 5-6 5-18
interfaces required system size 5-21
AE Bus 4-12 setting system size 5-21
Ethernet 4-20 setting up 5-16
PROFIBUS 4-26 setting up unit as master, slave, or
RS-232 4-12 standalone 5-20
Service 4-11 message packet
User port 4-3 AE Bus 4-16
interlock modify knob
overview 1-7 remote active panel 4-119
pin descriptions, Interlock port 4-10 mounting unit in a rack 5-9
Interlockport
connector 4-10
N
J network address
set for AE Bus 4-14
joule mode set for PROFIBUS 4-27
parameters 5-28 normal operation 5-27
setting 5-29
joule recipe
continuous 5-29 O
discrete 5-29 operating parameters
parameters 5-30 arc suppression 5-39
resetting a joule discrete recipe to step 1 joule mode 5-28
5-33 modifying using the remote active panel
set up 5-32 4-122
out-of-set-point timer 5-38

57000083-00E Index iii


Advanced Energy

ramp mode 5-35 PROFIBUS


recipes 5-29 baud rate 4-27
target life 5-34 cable termination 4-27
operation commands 4-30, 4-34
see also theory of operation connector 4-26
first time 5-24 data consistency 4-27
normal 5-27 errors 4-27
out-of-set-point timer GSD files 4-27
parameter 5-38 master reset command 4-27
setting 5-38 overview 4-26
understanding 5-38 pin descriptions 4-26
output power protocol 4-27
cabling requirements 5-12 set network address 4-27
configuring for sputtering applications upload packet 4-30
5-14 watch dog timer 4-27
connector 5-11 protocol
making the output connection 5-13 AE Bus 4-16
turning on 5-26 PROFIBUS 4-27

P R
physical specifications 3-1 ramp mode
pin descriptions parameters 5-35
Interlock port 4-10 setting 5-36
PROFIBUS 4-26 recipes
remote active panel port 4-117 enable/disable 5-30
RS232/485 port 4-12 joule 5-29
Service port 4-11 parameters 5-30
User port 4-3 resetting a joule discrete recipe to step 1
ports 5-33
Ethernet 4-20 set up joule recipe 5-32
Interlock 4-10 set up timed recipe 5-30
PROFIBUS 4-26 timed 5-29
RS-232 4-11 understanding 5-29
RS232/485 4-12 regulation mode
Service 4-11 selecting 5-25
power cycles selecting control source 5-22
viewing through the remote active panel remote active panel
5-51 accessing the main menu 4-121
power limit connecting 5-23
setting with remote active panel 5-28 modify knob 4-119
PowerView software port pin descriptions 4-117
accessing fault codes 6-3 process menu 4-123
process limits resetting default parameters 5-52
parameters 5-27 selecting parameters to modify and setting
setting current limit 5-28 a new value 4-122
setting power limit 5-28 service menu 4-122
setting voltage limit 5-27 setting AE Bus time-out 5-23
understanding 5-27 setting arc count parameters 5-47
process menu 4-123 setting arc suppression times 5-47
product setting current limit 5-28
certification 1-4 setting ignition voltage set point 5-34
compliance 1-4 setting joule mode 5-29
labelsiconson unit 1-2 setting power limit 5-28
setting ramp mode 5-36

iv Index 57000083-00E
Ascent® Power Supply

setting up a joule recipe 5-32 spacing requirements 5-1


soft keys 4-118 specifications
supply menu 4-122 cooling 3-4
unlabeled soft keys 4-121 electrical 3-1
using the service menu 5-50 environmental 3-4
viewing arc density 5-48 physical 3-1
viewing system faults 5-50 sputtering applications
remote active panel menus 4-121 configuring output power for 5-14
required system size 5-21 standards 1-4
requirements status indicators
cooling 5-6 LEDs 4-1
resetting default operating parameters 5-52 supply menu 4-122
returns symbols
authorized 6-24 in user manual 1-1
RS-232 on unit 1-2
Service port 4-11
RS232/485 port T
connector 4-12 target life
pin descriptions 4-12 enabling and setting 5-35
transmission parameters 4-13 parameters 5-34
run time understanding 5-34
checking 5-50 termination plug 5-18
theory of operation 2-3
S timed recipe 5-29
safety parameters 5-30
conditions of use 1-5 set up 5-30
directives and standards 1-4 timer
guidelines 1-1 PROFIBUS watch dog 4-27
SEMI guidelines 1-4 transmission parameters
sense level AE Bus 4-13
setting for arc suppression 5-47 troubleshooting
serial communication accessing fault codes 6-3
fault codes 6-3 checklist 6-1
Service interface clearing faults 6-3
connector 4-11 fault codes 6-4
pin descriptions 4-11 fault types 6-3
service menu 4-122 LEDs 6-1
checking idle and run time 5-50 using fault codes 6-3
checking total energy output 5-50
viewing power cycles 5-51 U
viewing software versions 5-51 understanding 5-37
viewing system faults 5-50 unit
set point description 2-1
entering 5-26 drawings 5-1
selecting control source 5-22 grounding 5-9
set point compensation 5-37 icons and symbols used 1-2
set point compensation limit 5-37 mounting in a rack 5-9
setting 5-37 preparing to install 5-1
soft keys unpacking 5-6
on remote active panel 4-118 unpacking 5-6
unlabeled 4-121 upload packet
software versions PROFIBUS 4-30
viewing through the remote active panel
5-51

57000083-00E Index v
Advanced Energy

user manual watch dog timer 4-27


alert boxes in 1-1 disabling 4-27
symbols and icons used 1-1 water, connecting 5-10
user port wiring diagrams
connector 4-1 User port 4-8
User port
pin descriptions 4-3
wiring diagrams 4-8

W
warning in user manual 1-1
warranty
authorized returns 6-24

vi Index 57000083-00E

You might also like